diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
index 8896f57..e6a508e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
@@ -168,14 +168,14 @@
     ],
     &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
         },
-        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -194,20 +194,20 @@
     ],
     &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
             { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
               &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -243,14 +243,14 @@
     ],
     &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
         },
-        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -269,20 +269,20 @@
     ],
     &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
             { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
               &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -404,14 +404,14 @@
     ],
     &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
         },
-        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -430,20 +430,20 @@
     ],
     &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
             { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
               &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -479,14 +479,14 @@
     ],
     &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
         },
-        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -505,20 +505,20 @@
     ],
     &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
             { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
               &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -582,14 +582,14 @@
         ],
         &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
             },
-            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -608,20 +608,20 @@
         ],
         &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
               &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
                 { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
                   &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
                 },
               ],
             },
-            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -657,14 +657,14 @@
         ],
         &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
             },
-            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -683,20 +683,20 @@
         ],
         &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
               &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
                 { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
                   &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
                 },
               ],
             },
-            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -766,14 +766,14 @@
     ],
     &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
         },
-        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -792,20 +792,20 @@
     ],
     &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
             { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
               &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -841,14 +841,14 @@
     ],
     &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
         },
-        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+        &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -867,20 +867,20 @@
     ],
     &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
       { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+        &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
           &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
             { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+              &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
               &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
             },
           ],
         },
-        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+        &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+          &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
             { # Identification for an API Operation.
               &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                 { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@
               &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+          &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -966,14 +966,14 @@
         ],
         &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
             },
-            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -992,20 +992,20 @@
         ],
         &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
               &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
                 { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
                   &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
                 },
               ],
             },
-            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -1041,14 +1041,14 @@
         ],
         &quot;egressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of EgressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple EgressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any EgressPolicy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for egress from perimeter. EgressPolicies match requests based on `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas. For an EgressPolicy to match, both `egress_from` and `egress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an EgressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed to span the ServicePerimeter boundary. For example, an EgressPolicy can be used to allow VMs on networks within the ServicePerimeter to access a defined set of projects outside the perimeter in certain contexts (e.g. to read data from a Cloud Storage bucket or query against a BigQuery dataset). EgressPolicies are concerned with the *resources* that a request relates as well as the API services and API actions being used. They do not related to the direction of data movement. More detailed documentation for this concept can be found in the descriptions of EgressFrom and EgressTo.
-            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;egressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions based on information about the source of the request. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines conditions on the source of a request causing this EgressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this [EgressPolicy]. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access to outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
             },
-            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations that this egress rule applies to. A request matches if it contains an operation/service in this list.
+            &quot;egressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an EgressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the `resources` specified. Note that if the destination of the request is also protected by a ServicePerimeter, then that ServicePerimeter must have an IngressPolicy which allows access in order for this request to succeed. The request must match `operations` AND `resources` fields in order to be allowed egress out of the perimeter. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it uses an operation/service in this list.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that match this to stanza. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding EgressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for `resources`, then this EgressTo rule will authorize access to all resources outside the perimeter.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -1067,20 +1067,20 @@
         ],
         &quot;ingressPolicies&quot;: [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
           { # Policy for ingress into ServicePerimeter. IngressPolicies match requests based on `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas. For an ingress policy to match, both the `ingress_from` and `ingress_to` stanzas must be matched. If an IngressPolicy matches a request, the request is allowed through the perimeter boundary from outside the perimeter. For example, access from the internet can be allowed either based on an AccessLevel or, for traffic hosted on Google Cloud, the project of the source network. For access from private networks, using the project of the hosting network is required. Individual ingress policies can be limited by restricting which services and/or actions they match using the `ingress_to` field.
-            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
+            &quot;ingressFrom&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the source of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `sources` AND identity related fields in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the source of a request causing this IngressPolicy to apply.
               &quot;identities&quot;: [ # A list of identities that are allowed access through this ingress policy. Should be in the format of email address. The email address should represent individual user or service account only.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;identityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of identities that are allowed access from outside the perimeter. If left unspecified, then members of `identities` field will be allowed access.
               &quot;sources&quot;: [ # Sources that this IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
                 { # The source that IngressPolicy authorizes access from.
-                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If `*` is specified, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
+                  &quot;accessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An AccessLevel resource name that allow resources within the ServicePerimeters to be accessed from the internet. AccessLevels listed must be in the same policy as this ServicePerimeter. Referencing a nonexistent AccessLevel will cause an error. If no AccessLevel names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL`. If a single `*` is specified for `access_level`, then all IngressSources will be allowed.
                   &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google Cloud resource that is allowed to ingress the perimeter. Requests from these resources will be allowed to access perimeter data. Currently only projects are allowed. Format: `projects/{project_number}` The project may be in any Google Cloud organization, not just the organization that the perimeter is defined in. `*` is not allowed, the case of allowing all Google Cloud resources only is not supported.
                 },
               ],
             },
-            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the destination of the request. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
-              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom are allowed to perform in this ServicePerimeter.
+            &quot;ingressTo&quot;: { # Defines the conditions under which an IngressPolicy matches a request. Conditions are based on information about the ApiOperation intended to be performed on the target resource of the request. The request must satisfy what is defined in `operations` AND `resources` in order to match. # Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply.
+              &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of ApiOperations allowed to be performed by the sources specified in corresponding IngressFrom in this ServicePerimeter.
                 { # Identification for an API Operation.
                   &quot;methodSelectors&quot;: [ # API methods or permissions to allow. Method or permission must belong to the service specified by `service_name` field. A single MethodSelector entry with `*` specified for the `method` field will allow all methods AND permissions for the service specified in `service_name`.
                     { # An allowed method or permission of a service specified in ApiOperation.
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
                   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the API whose methods or permissions the IngressPolicy or EgressPolicy want to allow. A single ApiOperation with `service_name` field set to `*` will allow all methods AND permissions for all services.
                 },
               ],
-              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. A request matches if it contains a resource in this list. If `*` is specified for resources, then this IngressTo rule will authorize access to all resources inside the perimeter, provided that the request also matches the `operations` field.
+              &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of resources, currently only projects in the form `projects/`, protected by this ServicePerimeter that are allowed to be accessed by sources defined in the corresponding IngressFrom. If a single `*` is specified, then access to all resources inside the perimeter are allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html
index 34dc7ce..07fbdcb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.roleAssignments.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    {
+    { # Defines an assignment of a role.
   &quot;assignedTo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID of the user this role is assigned to.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ETag of the resource.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;admin#directory#roleAssignment&quot;, # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{
+{ # Defines an assignment of a role.
   &quot;assignedTo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID of the user this role is assigned to.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ETag of the resource.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;admin#directory#roleAssignment&quot;, # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    {
+    { # Defines an assignment of a role.
   &quot;assignedTo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID of the user this role is assigned to.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ETag of the resource.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;admin#directory#roleAssignment&quot;, # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
     {
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ETag of the resource.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of RoleAssignment resources.
-    {
+    { # Defines an assignment of a role.
       &quot;assignedTo&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique ID of the user this role is assigned to.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ETag of the resource.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;admin#directory#roleAssignment&quot;, # The type of the API resource. This is always `admin#directory#roleAssignment`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.aliases.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.aliases.html
index b98cae1..6bc50e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.aliases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.aliases.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
   <code><a href="#insert">insert(userKey, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Adds an alias.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(userKey, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(userKey, event=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists all aliases for a user.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#watch">watch(userKey, body=None, event=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -144,11 +144,15 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(userKey, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(userKey, event=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists all aliases for a user.
 
 Args:
   userKey: string, Identifies the user in the API request. The value can be the user&#x27;s primary email address, alias email address, or unique user ID. (required)
+  event: string, Events to watch for.
+    Allowed values
+      add - Alias Created Event
+      delete - Alias Deleted Event
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
index 68458b0..1424411 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@
       context_aware_access - The Context-aware access activity reports return information about users&#x27; access denied events due to Context-aware access rules.
       chrome - The Chrome activity reports return information about unsafe events reported in the context of the WebProtect features of BeyondCorp.
       data_studio - The Data Studio activity reports return information about various types of Data Studio activity events.
+      keep - The Keep application&#x27;s activity reports return information about various Google Keep activity events. The Keep activity report is only available for Google Workspace Business and Enterprise customers.
   actorIpAddress: string, The Internet Protocol (IP) Address of host where the event was performed. This is an additional way to filter a report&#x27;s summary using the IP address of the user whose activity is being reported. This IP address may or may not reflect the user&#x27;s physical location. For example, the IP address can be the user&#x27;s proxy server&#x27;s address or a virtual private network (VPN) address. This parameter supports both IPv4 and IPv6 address versions.
   customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for.
   endTime: string, Sets the end of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The default value is the approximate time of the API request. An API report has three basic time concepts: - *Date of the API&#x27;s request for a report*: When the API created and retrieved the report. - *Report&#x27;s start time*: The beginning of the timespan shown in the report. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. - *Report&#x27;s end time*: The end of the timespan shown in the report. For example, the timespan of events summarized in a report can start in April and end in May. The report itself can be requested in August. If the `endTime` is not specified, the report returns all activities from the `startTime` until the current time or the most recent 180 days if the `startTime` is more than 180 days in the past.
@@ -267,6 +268,7 @@
       context_aware_access - The Context-aware access activity reports return information about users&#x27; access denied events due to Context-aware access rules.
       chrome - The Chrome activity reports return information about unsafe events reported in the context of the WebProtect features of BeyondCorp.
       data_studio - The Data Studio activity reports return information about various types of Data Studio activity events.
+      keep - The Keep application&#x27;s activity reports return information about various Google Keep activity events. The Keep activity report is only available for Google Workspace Business and Enterprise customers.
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.adUnits.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.adUnits.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9490cf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.adUnits.html
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="admob_v1.html">AdMob API</a> . <a href="admob_v1.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="admob_v1.accounts.adUnits.html">adUnits</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List the ad units under the specified AdMob account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List the ad units under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account to list ad units for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ad units to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 1000 ad units will be returned. The maximum value is 10,000; values above 10,000 will be coerced to 10,000.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListAdUnitsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAdUnits` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the ad units list request.
+  &quot;adUnits&quot;: [ # The resulting ad units for the requested account.
+    { # Describes an AdMob ad unit.
+      &quot;adFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # AdFormat of the ad unit. Possible values are as follows: &quot;BANNER&quot; - Banner ad format. &quot;BANNER_INTERSTITIAL&quot; - Legacy format that can be used as either banner or interstitial. This format can no longer be created but can be targeted by mediation groups. &quot;INTERSTITIAL&quot; - A full screen ad. Supported ad types are &quot;RICH_MEDIA&quot; and &quot;VIDEO&quot;. &quot;NATIVE&quot; - Native ad format. &quot;REWARDED&quot; - An ad that, once viewed, gets a callback verifying the view so that a reward can be given to the user. Supported ad types are &quot;RICH_MEDIA&quot; (interactive) and video where video can not be excluded.
+      &quot;adTypes&quot;: [ # Ad media type supported by this ad unit. Possible values as follows: &quot;RICH_MEDIA&quot; - Text, image, and other non-video media. &quot;VIDEO&quot; - Video media.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;adUnitId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The externally visible ID of the ad unit which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654/0123456789
+      &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The externally visible ID of the app this ad unit is associated with. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the ad unit as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for this ad unit. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/adUnits/0123456789
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, indicates that there may be more ad units for the request; this value should be passed in a new `ListAdUnitsRequest`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.apps.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.apps.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1f0f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.apps.html
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="admob_v1.html">AdMob API</a> . <a href="admob_v1.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="admob_v1.accounts.apps.html">apps</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List the apps under the specified AdMob account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List the apps under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account to list apps for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of apps to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 1000 apps will be returned. The maximum value is 10,000; values above 10,000 will be coerced to 10,000.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListAppsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListApps` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the apps list request.
+  &quot;apps&quot;: [ # The resulting apps for the requested account.
+    { # Describes an AdMob app for a specific platform (For example: Android or iOS).
+      &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The externally visible ID of the app which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789
+      &quot;linkedAppInfo&quot;: { # Information from the app store if the app is linked to an app store. # Immutable. The information for an app that is linked to an app store. This field is present if and only if the app is linked to an app store.
+        &quot;appStoreId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The app store ID of the app; present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. If the app is added to the Google Play store, it will be the application ID of the app. For example: &quot;com.example.myapp&quot;. See https://developer.android.com/studio/build/application-id. If the app is added to the Apple App Store, it will be app store ID. For example &quot;105169111&quot;. Note that setting the app store id is considered an irreversible action. Once an app is linked, it cannot be unlinked.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name of the app as it appears in the app store. This is an output-only field, and may be empty if the app cannot be found in the store.
+      },
+      &quot;manualAppInfo&quot;: { # Information provided for manual apps which are not linked to an application store (Example: Google Play, App Store). # The information for an app that is not linked to any app store. After an app is linked, this information is still retrivable. If no name is provided for the app upon creation, a placeholder name will be used.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the app as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for this app. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/apps/{app_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/apps/0123456789
+      &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes the platform of the app. Limited to &quot;IOS&quot; and &quot;ANDROID&quot;.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, indicates that there may be more apps for the request; this value should be passed in a new `ListAppsRequest`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.html
index 15a7a1c..c605d89 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.html
@@ -75,6 +75,16 @@
 <h1><a href="admob_v1.html">AdMob API</a> . <a href="admob_v1.accounts.html">accounts</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="admob_v1.accounts.adUnits.html">adUnits()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the adUnits Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="admob_v1.accounts.apps.html">apps()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the apps Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="admob_v1.accounts.mediationReport.html">mediationReport()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the mediationReport Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afc5553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html">adclients</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html">adunits</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an ad unit from a specified account and ad client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getAdcode">getAdcode(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the AdSense code for a given ad unit.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all ad units under a specified account and ad client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listLinkedCustomChannels">listLinkedCustomChannels(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the custom channels available for an ad unit.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listLinkedCustomChannels_next">listLinkedCustomChannels_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets an ad unit from a specified account and ad client.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. AdUnit to get information about. Format: accounts/{account_id}/adclient/{adclient_id}/adunit/{adunit_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+  &quot;contentAdsSettings&quot;: { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+    &quot;size&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the ad unit. e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;1x3&quot; (for responsive ad units).
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the ad unit.
+  },
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclient/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+  &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # State of the ad unit.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getAdcode">getAdcode(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the AdSense code for a given ad unit.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the adunit for which to get the adcode. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of the AdSense code for a given ad unit.
+  &quot;adCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The AdSense code snippet to add to the body of an HTML page.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all ad units under a specified account and ad client.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The ad client which owns the collection of ad units. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ad units to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 ad units will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAdUnits` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAdUnits` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the adunit list rpc.
+  &quot;adUnits&quot;: [ # The ad units returned in the list response.
+    { # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+      &quot;contentAdsSettings&quot;: { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+        &quot;size&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the ad unit. e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;1x3&quot; (for responsive ad units).
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the ad unit.
+      },
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclient/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # State of the ad unit.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through ad units. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listLinkedCustomChannels">listLinkedCustomChannels(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the custom channels available for an ad unit.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The ad unit which owns the collection of custom channels. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of custom channels to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 custom channels will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListLinkedCustomChannels` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListLinkedCustomChannels` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the custom channels linked to an adunit list rpc.
+  &quot;customChannels&quot;: [ # The custom channels returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of a custom channel.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the custom channel.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through alerts. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listLinkedCustomChannels_next">listLinkedCustomChannels_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95700eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html">adclients</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html">customchannels</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about the selected custom channel.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the custom channels available in an ad client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listLinkedAdUnits">listLinkedAdUnits(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the ad units available for a custom channel.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listLinkedAdUnits_next">listLinkedAdUnits_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about the selected custom channel.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of a custom channel.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the custom channel.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+  &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the custom channels available in an ad client.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The ad client which owns the collection of custom channels. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of custom channels to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 custom channels will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListCustomChannels` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCustomChannels` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the custom channel list rpc.
+  &quot;customChannels&quot;: [ # The custom channels returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of a custom channel.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the custom channel.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the custom channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel}
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through alerts. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listLinkedAdUnits">listLinkedAdUnits(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the ad units available for a custom channel.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The custom channel which owns the collection of ad units. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient}/customchannels/{customchannel} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ad units to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 ad units will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListLinkedAdUnits` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListLinkedAdUnits` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the ad units linked to a custom channel list rpc.
+  &quot;adUnits&quot;: [ # The ad units returned in the list response.
+    { # Representation of an ad unit. An ad unit represents a saved ad unit with a specific set of ad settings that have been customized within an account.
+      &quot;contentAdsSettings&quot;: { # Settings specific to content ads (AFC). # Settings specific to content ads (AFC).
+        &quot;size&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the ad unit. e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;1x3&quot; (for responsive ad units).
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the ad unit.
+      },
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the ad unit, as provided when the ad unit was created.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the ad unit. Format: accounts/{account}/adclient/{adclient}/adunits/{adunit}
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the ad unit as used in the `AD_UNIT_ID` reporting dimension.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # State of the ad unit.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through ad units. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listLinkedAdUnits_next">listLinkedAdUnits_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d998844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html">adclients</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.adunits.html">adunits()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the adunits Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.customchannels.html">customchannels()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the customchannels Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.urlchannels.html">urlchannels()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the urlchannels Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getAdcode">getAdcode(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the AdSense code for a given ad client. This returns what was previously known as the 'auto ad code'. This is only supported for ad clients with a product_code of AFC. For more information, see [About the AdSense code](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9274634).</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the ad clients available in an account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getAdcode">getAdcode(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the AdSense code for a given ad client. This returns what was previously known as the &#x27;auto ad code&#x27;. This is only supported for ad clients with a product_code of AFC. For more information, see [About the AdSense code](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9274634).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the ad client for which to get the adcode. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of the AdSense code for a given ad client. For more information, see [About the AdSense code](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9274634).
+  &quot;adCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The AdSense code snippet to add to the head of an HTML page.
+  &quot;ampBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The AdSense code snippet to add to the body of an AMP page.
+  &quot;ampHead&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The AdSense code snippet to add to the head of an AMP page.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the ad clients available in an account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of ad clients. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ad clients to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 ad clients will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAdClients` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAdClients` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the ad client list rpc.
+  &quot;adClients&quot;: [ # The ad clients returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of an ad client. An ad client represents a user&#x27;s subscription with a specific AdSense product.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the ad client. Format: accounts/{account}/adclient/{adclient}
+      &quot;productCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Product code of the ad client. For example, &quot;AFC&quot; for AdSense for Content.
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the ad client as used in the `AD_CLIENT_ID` reporting dimension. Present only if the ad client supports reporting.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through ad clients. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.urlchannels.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.urlchannels.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fefb9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.urlchannels.html
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html">adclients</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.urlchannels.html">urlchannels</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists active url channels.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists active url channels.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The ad client which owns the collection of url channels. Format: accounts/{account}/adclients/{adclient} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of url channels to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 url channels will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListUrlChannels` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUrlChannels` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the url channels list rpc.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through url channels. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+  &quot;urlChannels&quot;: [ # The url channels returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of a URL channel. URL channels allow you to track the performance of particular pages in your site; see [URL channels](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/2923836) for more information.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the URL channel. Format: accounts/{account}/adclient/{adclient}/urlchannels/{urlchannel}
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the custom channel as used in the `URL_CHANNEL_ID` reporting dimension.
+      &quot;uriPattern&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI pattern of the channel. Does not include &quot;http://&quot; or &quot;https://&quot;. Example: www.example.com/home
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.alerts.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.alerts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40e6b65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.alerts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.alerts.html">alerts</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the alerts available in an account.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, languageCode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the alerts available in an account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of alerts. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  languageCode: string, The language to use for translating alert messages. If unspecified, this defaults to the user&#x27;s display language. If the given language is not supported, alerts will be returned in English. The language is specified as an [IETF BCP-47 language code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the alerts list rpc.
+  &quot;alerts&quot;: [ # The alerts returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of an alert.
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The localized alert message. This may contain HTML markup, such as phrase elements or links.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the alert. Format: accounts/{account}/alerts/{alert}
+      &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Severity of this alert.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of alert. This identifies the broad type of this alert, and provides a stable machine-readable identifier that will not be translated. For example, &quot;payment-hold&quot;.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cdf565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.adclients.html">adclients()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the adclients Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.alerts.html">alerts()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the alerts Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.payments.html">payments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the payments Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html">reports()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the reports Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.sites.html">sites()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the sites Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about the selected AdSense account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all accounts available to this user.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listChildAccounts">listChildAccounts(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all accounts directly managed by the given AdSense account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#listChildAccounts_next">listChildAccounts_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about the selected AdSense account.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Account to get information about. Format: accounts/{account_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of an account.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the account.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name of this account.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the account. Format: accounts/pub-[0-9]+
+  &quot;pendingTasks&quot;: [ # Output only. Outstanding tasks that need to be completed as part of the sign-up process for a new account. e.g. &quot;billing-profile-creation&quot;, &quot;phone-pin-verification&quot;.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;premium&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether this account is premium.
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # The account time zone, as used by reporting. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all accounts available to this user.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of accounts to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the account list rpc.
+  &quot;accounts&quot;: [ # The accounts returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of an account.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the account.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name of this account.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the account. Format: accounts/pub-[0-9]+
+      &quot;pendingTasks&quot;: [ # Output only. Outstanding tasks that need to be completed as part of the sign-up process for a new account. e.g. &quot;billing-profile-creation&quot;, &quot;phone-pin-verification&quot;.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;premium&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether this account is premium.
+      &quot;timeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # The account time zone, as used by reporting. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through accounts. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listChildAccounts">listChildAccounts(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all accounts directly managed by the given AdSense account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent account, which owns the child accounts. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of accounts to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 accounts will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the child account list rpc.
+  &quot;accounts&quot;: [ # The accounts returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of an account.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of the account.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Display name of this account.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the account. Format: accounts/pub-[0-9]+
+      &quot;pendingTasks&quot;: [ # Output only. Outstanding tasks that need to be completed as part of the sign-up process for a new account. e.g. &quot;billing-profile-creation&quot;, &quot;phone-pin-verification&quot;.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;premium&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether this account is premium.
+      &quot;timeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # The account time zone, as used by reporting. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through accounts. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="listChildAccounts_next">listChildAccounts_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.payments.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.payments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06f5a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.payments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.payments.html">payments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the payments available for an account.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the payments available for an account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of payments. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the payments list rpc.
+  &quot;payments&quot;: [ # The payments returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of an unpaid or paid payment. See [Payment timelines for AdSense](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/7164703) for more information about payments.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The amount of unpaid or paid earnings, as a formatted string, including the currency. E.g. &quot;¥1,235 JPY&quot;, &quot;$1,234.57&quot;, &quot;£87.65&quot;.
+      &quot;date&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Output only. For paid earnings, the date that the payment was credited. For unpaid earnings, this field is empty. Payment dates are always returned in the billing timezone (America/Los_Angeles).
+        &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+        &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the payment. Format: accounts/{account}/payments/unpaid for unpaid (current) earnings. accounts/{account}/payments/yyyy-MM-dd for paid earnings.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e376802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html">reports</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.reports.saved.html">saved()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the saved Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generate">generate(account, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, dimensions=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, filters=None, languageCode=None, limit=None, metrics=None, orderBy=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates an ad hoc report.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generateCsv">generateCsv(account, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, dimensions=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, filters=None, languageCode=None, limit=None, metrics=None, orderBy=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates a csv formatted ad hoc report.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generate">generate(account, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, dimensions=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, filters=None, languageCode=None, limit=None, metrics=None, orderBy=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generates an ad hoc report.
+
+Args:
+  account: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of reports. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  currencyCode: string, The [ISO-4217 currency code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217) to use when reporting on monetary metrics. Defaults to the account&#x27;s currency if not set.
+  dateRange: string, Date range of the report, if unset the range will be considered CUSTOM.
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_DATE_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified date range.
+      CUSTOM - A custom date range specified using the `start_date` and `end_date` fields. This is the default if no ReportingDateRange is provided.
+      TODAY - Current day.
+      YESTERDAY - Yesterday.
+      MONTH_TO_DATE - From the start of the current month to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-03-01, 2020-03-12].
+      YEAR_TO_DATE - From the start of the current year to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-01-01, 2020-03-12].
+      LAST_7_DAYS - Last 7 days, excluding current day.
+      LAST_30_DAYS - Last 30 days, excluding current day.
+  dimensions: string, Dimensions to base the report on. (repeated)
+    Allowed values
+      DIMENSION_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified dimension.
+      DATE - Date dimension in YYYY-MM-DD format (e.g. &quot;2010-02-10&quot;).
+      WEEK - Week dimension in YYYY-MM-DD format, representing the first day of each week (e.g. &quot;2010-02-08&quot;). The first day of the week is determined by the language_code specified in a report generation request (so e.g. this would be a Monday for &quot;en-GB&quot; or &quot;es&quot;, but a Sunday for &quot;en&quot; or &quot;fr-CA&quot;).
+      MONTH - Month dimension in YYYY-MM format (e.g. &quot;2010-02&quot;).
+      ACCOUNT_NAME - Account name. The members of this dimension match the values from Account.display_name.
+      AD_CLIENT_ID - Unique ID of an ad client. The members of this dimension match the values from AdClient.reporting_dimension_id.
+      PRODUCT_NAME - Localized product name (e.g. &quot;AdSense for Content&quot;, &quot;AdSense for Search&quot;).
+      PRODUCT_CODE - Product code (e.g. &quot;AFC&quot;, &quot;AFS&quot;). The members of this dimension match the values from AdClient.product_code.
+      AD_UNIT_NAME - Ad unit name (within which an ad was served). The members of this dimension match the values from AdUnit.display_name.
+      AD_UNIT_ID - Unique ID of an ad unit (within which an ad was served). The members of this dimension match the values from AdUnit.reporting_dimension_id.
+      AD_UNIT_SIZE_NAME - Localized size of an ad unit (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;Responsive&quot;).
+      AD_UNIT_SIZE_CODE - The size code of an ad unit (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;responsive&quot;).
+      CUSTOM_CHANNEL_NAME - Custom channel name. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.display_name.
+      CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a custom channel. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.reporting_dimension_id.
+      OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME - Domain name of a verified site (e.g. &quot;example.com&quot;). The members of this dimension match the values from Site.domain.
+      OWNED_SITE_ID - Unique ID of a verified site. The members of this dimension match the values from Site.reporting_dimension_id.
+      URL_CHANNEL_NAME - Name of a URL channel. The members of this dimension match the values from UrlChannel.uri_pattern.
+      URL_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a URL channel. The members of this dimension match the values from UrlChannel.reporting_dimension_id.
+      BUYER_NETWORK_NAME - Name of an ad network that returned the winning ads for an ad request (e.g. &quot;Google AdWords&quot;). Note that unlike other &quot;NAME&quot; dimensions, the members of this dimensions are not localized.
+      BUYER_NETWORK_ID - Unique (opaque) ID of an ad network that returned the winning ads for an ad request.
+      BID_TYPE_NAME - Localized bid type name (e.g. &quot;CPC bids&quot;, &quot;CPM bids&quot;) for a served ad.
+      BID_TYPE_CODE - Type of a bid (e.g. &quot;cpc&quot;, &quot;cpm&quot;) for a served ad.
+      CREATIVE_SIZE_NAME - Localized creative size name (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;Dynamic&quot;) of a served ad.
+      CREATIVE_SIZE_CODE - Creative size code (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;dynamic&quot;) of a served ad.
+      DOMAIN_NAME - Localized name of a host on which an ad was served, after IDNA decoding (e.g. &quot;www.google.com&quot;, &quot;Web caches and other&quot;, &quot;bücher.example&quot;).
+      DOMAIN_CODE - Name of a host on which an ad was served (e.g. &quot;www.google.com&quot;, &quot;webcaches&quot;, &quot;xn--bcher-kva.example&quot;).
+      COUNTRY_NAME - Localized region name of a user viewing an ad (e.g. &quot;United States&quot;, &quot;France&quot;).
+      COUNTRY_CODE - CLDR region code of a user viewing an ad (e.g. &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;).
+      PLATFORM_TYPE_NAME - Localized platform type name (e.g. &quot;High-end mobile devices&quot;, &quot;Desktop&quot;).
+      PLATFORM_TYPE_CODE - Platform type code (e.g. &quot;HighEndMobile&quot;, &quot;Desktop&quot;).
+      TARGETING_TYPE_NAME - Localized targeting type name (e.g. &quot;Contextual&quot;, &quot;Personalized&quot;, &quot;Run of Network&quot;).
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CODE - Targeting type code (e.g. &quot;Keyword&quot;, &quot;UserInterest&quot;, &quot;RunOfNetwork&quot;).
+      CONTENT_PLATFORM_NAME - Localized content platform name an ad request was made from (e.g. &quot;AMP&quot;, &quot;Web&quot;).
+      CONTENT_PLATFORM_CODE - Content platform code an ad request was made from (e.g. &quot;AMP&quot;, &quot;HTML&quot;).
+      AD_PLACEMENT_NAME - Localized ad placement name (e.g. &quot;Ad unit&quot;, &quot;Global settings&quot;, &quot;Manual&quot;).
+      AD_PLACEMENT_CODE - Ad placement code (e.g. &quot;AD_UNIT&quot;, &quot;ca-pub-123456:78910&quot;, &quot;OTHER&quot;).
+      REQUESTED_AD_TYPE_NAME - Localized requested ad type name (e.g. &quot;Display&quot;, &quot;Link unit&quot;, &quot;Other&quot;).
+      REQUESTED_AD_TYPE_CODE - Requested ad type code (e.g. &quot;IMAGE&quot;, &quot;RADLINK&quot;, &quot;OTHER&quot;).
+      SERVED_AD_TYPE_NAME - Localized served ad type name (e.g. &quot;Display&quot;, &quot;Link unit&quot;, &quot;Other&quot;).
+      SERVED_AD_TYPE_CODE - Served ad type code (e.g. &quot;IMAGE&quot;, &quot;RADLINK&quot;, &quot;OTHER&quot;).
+      CUSTOM_SEARCH_STYLE_NAME - Custom search style name.
+      CUSTOM_SEARCH_STYLE_ID - Custom search style id.
+      DOMAIN_REGISTRANT - Domain registrants.
+      WEBSEARCH_QUERY_STRING - Query strings for web searches.
+  endDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  endDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  endDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  filters: string, Filters to be run on the report. (repeated)
+  languageCode: string, The language to use for translating report output. If unspecified, this defaults to English (&quot;en&quot;). If the given language is not supported, report output will be returned in English. The language is specified as an [IETF BCP-47 language code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag).
+  limit: integer, The maximum number of rows of report data to return. Reports producing more rows than the requested limit will be truncated. If unset, this defaults to 100,000 rows for `Reports.GenerateReport` and 1,000,000 rows for `Reports.GenerateCsvReport`, which are also the maximum values permitted here. Report truncation can be identified (for `Reports.GenerateReport` only) by comparing the number of rows returned to the value returned in `total_matched_rows`.
+  metrics: string, Required. Reporting metrics. (repeated)
+    Allowed values
+      METRIC_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified metric.
+      PAGE_VIEWS - Number of page views.
+      AD_REQUESTS - Number of ad units that requested ads (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads). An ad request may result in zero, one, or multiple individual ad impressions depending on the size of the ad unit and whether any ads were available.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS - Requests that returned at least one ad.
+      TOTAL_IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.
+      IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS - Ads shown. Different ad formats will display varying numbers of ads. For example, a vertical banner may consist of 2 or more ads. Also, the number of ads in an ad unit may vary depending on whether the ad unit is displaying standard text ads, expanded text ads or image ads.
+      CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a standard content ad.
+      PAGE_VIEWS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of page views considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      AD_REQUESTS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of ad requests considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of ad requests that returned ads considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      IMPRESSIONS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of impressions considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of ad impressions considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      CLICKS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of clicks considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      AD_REQUESTS_COVERAGE - Ratio of requested ad units or queries to the number returned to the site.
+      PAGE_VIEWS_CTR - Ratio of individual page views that resulted in a click.
+      AD_REQUESTS_CTR - Ratio of ad requests that resulted in a click.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS_CTR - Ratio of clicks to matched requests.
+      IMPRESSIONS_CTR - Ratio of IMPRESSIONS that resulted in a click.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS_CTR - Ratio of individual ad impressions that resulted in a click.
+      ACTIVE_VIEW_MEASURABILITY - Ratio of requests that were measurable for viewability.
+      ACTIVE_VIEW_VIEWABILITY - Ratio of requests that were viewable.
+      ACTIVE_VIEW_TIME - Mean time an ad was displayed on screen.
+      ESTIMATED_EARNINGS - Estimated earnings of the publisher. Note that earnings up to yesterday are accurate, more recent earnings are estimated due to the possibility of spam, or exchange rate fluctuations.
+      PAGE_VIEWS_RPM - Revenue per thousand page views. This is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of page views multiplied by 1000.
+      AD_REQUESTS_RPM - Revenue per thousand ad requests. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of ad requests multiplied by 1000.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS_RPM - Revenue per thousand matched ad requests. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of matched ad requests multiplied by 1000.
+      IMPRESSIONS_RPM - Revenue per thousand ad impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of ad impressions multiplied by 1000.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS_RPM - Revenue per thousand individual ad impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of individual ad impressions multiplied by 1000.
+      COST_PER_CLICK - Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received.
+      ADS_PER_IMPRESSION - Number of ad views per impression.
+      TOTAL_EARNINGS - Total earnings.
+      WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages.
+  orderBy: string, The name of a dimension or metric to sort the resulting report on, can be prefixed with &quot;+&quot; to sort ascending or &quot;-&quot; to sort descending. If no prefix is specified, the column is sorted ascending. (repeated)
+  reportingTimeZone: string, Timezone in which to generate the report. If unspecified, this defaults to the account timezone. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_TIME_ZONE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified timezone.
+      ACCOUNT_TIME_ZONE - Use the account timezone in the report.
+      GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE - Use the Google timezone in the report (America/Los_Angeles).
+  startDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  startDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  startDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Result of a generated report.
+  &quot;averages&quot;: { # Row representation. # The averages of the report. This is the same length as any other row in the report; cells corresponding to dimension columns are empty.
+    &quot;cells&quot;: [ # Cells in the row.
+      { # Cell representation.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Value in the cell. The dimension cells contain strings, and the metric cells contain numbers.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. End date of the range (inclusive).
+    &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+    &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  &quot;headers&quot;: [ # The header information; one for each dimension in the request, followed by one for each metric in the request.
+    { # The header information of the columns requested in the report.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The [ISO-4217 currency code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217) of this column. Only present if the header type is METRIC_CURRENCY.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the header.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of the header.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;rows&quot;: [ # The output rows of the report. Each row is a list of cells; one for each dimension in the request, followed by one for each metric in the request.
+    { # Row representation.
+      &quot;cells&quot;: [ # Cells in the row.
+        { # Cell representation.
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Value in the cell. The dimension cells contain strings, and the metric cells contain numbers.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start date of the range (inclusive).
+    &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+    &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  &quot;totalMatchedRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The total number of rows matched by the report request.
+  &quot;totals&quot;: { # Row representation. # The totals of the report. This is the same length as any other row in the report; cells corresponding to dimension columns are empty.
+    &quot;cells&quot;: [ # Cells in the row.
+      { # Cell representation.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Value in the cell. The dimension cells contain strings, and the metric cells contain numbers.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # Any warnings associated with generation of the report. These warnings are always returned in English.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generateCsv">generateCsv(account, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, dimensions=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, filters=None, languageCode=None, limit=None, metrics=None, orderBy=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generates a csv formatted ad hoc report.
+
+Args:
+  account: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of reports. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  currencyCode: string, The [ISO-4217 currency code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217) to use when reporting on monetary metrics. Defaults to the account&#x27;s currency if not set.
+  dateRange: string, Date range of the report, if unset the range will be considered CUSTOM.
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_DATE_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified date range.
+      CUSTOM - A custom date range specified using the `start_date` and `end_date` fields. This is the default if no ReportingDateRange is provided.
+      TODAY - Current day.
+      YESTERDAY - Yesterday.
+      MONTH_TO_DATE - From the start of the current month to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-03-01, 2020-03-12].
+      YEAR_TO_DATE - From the start of the current year to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-01-01, 2020-03-12].
+      LAST_7_DAYS - Last 7 days, excluding current day.
+      LAST_30_DAYS - Last 30 days, excluding current day.
+  dimensions: string, Dimensions to base the report on. (repeated)
+    Allowed values
+      DIMENSION_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified dimension.
+      DATE - Date dimension in YYYY-MM-DD format (e.g. &quot;2010-02-10&quot;).
+      WEEK - Week dimension in YYYY-MM-DD format, representing the first day of each week (e.g. &quot;2010-02-08&quot;). The first day of the week is determined by the language_code specified in a report generation request (so e.g. this would be a Monday for &quot;en-GB&quot; or &quot;es&quot;, but a Sunday for &quot;en&quot; or &quot;fr-CA&quot;).
+      MONTH - Month dimension in YYYY-MM format (e.g. &quot;2010-02&quot;).
+      ACCOUNT_NAME - Account name. The members of this dimension match the values from Account.display_name.
+      AD_CLIENT_ID - Unique ID of an ad client. The members of this dimension match the values from AdClient.reporting_dimension_id.
+      PRODUCT_NAME - Localized product name (e.g. &quot;AdSense for Content&quot;, &quot;AdSense for Search&quot;).
+      PRODUCT_CODE - Product code (e.g. &quot;AFC&quot;, &quot;AFS&quot;). The members of this dimension match the values from AdClient.product_code.
+      AD_UNIT_NAME - Ad unit name (within which an ad was served). The members of this dimension match the values from AdUnit.display_name.
+      AD_UNIT_ID - Unique ID of an ad unit (within which an ad was served). The members of this dimension match the values from AdUnit.reporting_dimension_id.
+      AD_UNIT_SIZE_NAME - Localized size of an ad unit (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;Responsive&quot;).
+      AD_UNIT_SIZE_CODE - The size code of an ad unit (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;responsive&quot;).
+      CUSTOM_CHANNEL_NAME - Custom channel name. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.display_name.
+      CUSTOM_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a custom channel. The members of this dimension match the values from CustomChannel.reporting_dimension_id.
+      OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME - Domain name of a verified site (e.g. &quot;example.com&quot;). The members of this dimension match the values from Site.domain.
+      OWNED_SITE_ID - Unique ID of a verified site. The members of this dimension match the values from Site.reporting_dimension_id.
+      URL_CHANNEL_NAME - Name of a URL channel. The members of this dimension match the values from UrlChannel.uri_pattern.
+      URL_CHANNEL_ID - Unique ID of a URL channel. The members of this dimension match the values from UrlChannel.reporting_dimension_id.
+      BUYER_NETWORK_NAME - Name of an ad network that returned the winning ads for an ad request (e.g. &quot;Google AdWords&quot;). Note that unlike other &quot;NAME&quot; dimensions, the members of this dimensions are not localized.
+      BUYER_NETWORK_ID - Unique (opaque) ID of an ad network that returned the winning ads for an ad request.
+      BID_TYPE_NAME - Localized bid type name (e.g. &quot;CPC bids&quot;, &quot;CPM bids&quot;) for a served ad.
+      BID_TYPE_CODE - Type of a bid (e.g. &quot;cpc&quot;, &quot;cpm&quot;) for a served ad.
+      CREATIVE_SIZE_NAME - Localized creative size name (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;Dynamic&quot;) of a served ad.
+      CREATIVE_SIZE_CODE - Creative size code (e.g. &quot;728x90&quot;, &quot;dynamic&quot;) of a served ad.
+      DOMAIN_NAME - Localized name of a host on which an ad was served, after IDNA decoding (e.g. &quot;www.google.com&quot;, &quot;Web caches and other&quot;, &quot;bücher.example&quot;).
+      DOMAIN_CODE - Name of a host on which an ad was served (e.g. &quot;www.google.com&quot;, &quot;webcaches&quot;, &quot;xn--bcher-kva.example&quot;).
+      COUNTRY_NAME - Localized region name of a user viewing an ad (e.g. &quot;United States&quot;, &quot;France&quot;).
+      COUNTRY_CODE - CLDR region code of a user viewing an ad (e.g. &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;).
+      PLATFORM_TYPE_NAME - Localized platform type name (e.g. &quot;High-end mobile devices&quot;, &quot;Desktop&quot;).
+      PLATFORM_TYPE_CODE - Platform type code (e.g. &quot;HighEndMobile&quot;, &quot;Desktop&quot;).
+      TARGETING_TYPE_NAME - Localized targeting type name (e.g. &quot;Contextual&quot;, &quot;Personalized&quot;, &quot;Run of Network&quot;).
+      TARGETING_TYPE_CODE - Targeting type code (e.g. &quot;Keyword&quot;, &quot;UserInterest&quot;, &quot;RunOfNetwork&quot;).
+      CONTENT_PLATFORM_NAME - Localized content platform name an ad request was made from (e.g. &quot;AMP&quot;, &quot;Web&quot;).
+      CONTENT_PLATFORM_CODE - Content platform code an ad request was made from (e.g. &quot;AMP&quot;, &quot;HTML&quot;).
+      AD_PLACEMENT_NAME - Localized ad placement name (e.g. &quot;Ad unit&quot;, &quot;Global settings&quot;, &quot;Manual&quot;).
+      AD_PLACEMENT_CODE - Ad placement code (e.g. &quot;AD_UNIT&quot;, &quot;ca-pub-123456:78910&quot;, &quot;OTHER&quot;).
+      REQUESTED_AD_TYPE_NAME - Localized requested ad type name (e.g. &quot;Display&quot;, &quot;Link unit&quot;, &quot;Other&quot;).
+      REQUESTED_AD_TYPE_CODE - Requested ad type code (e.g. &quot;IMAGE&quot;, &quot;RADLINK&quot;, &quot;OTHER&quot;).
+      SERVED_AD_TYPE_NAME - Localized served ad type name (e.g. &quot;Display&quot;, &quot;Link unit&quot;, &quot;Other&quot;).
+      SERVED_AD_TYPE_CODE - Served ad type code (e.g. &quot;IMAGE&quot;, &quot;RADLINK&quot;, &quot;OTHER&quot;).
+      CUSTOM_SEARCH_STYLE_NAME - Custom search style name.
+      CUSTOM_SEARCH_STYLE_ID - Custom search style id.
+      DOMAIN_REGISTRANT - Domain registrants.
+      WEBSEARCH_QUERY_STRING - Query strings for web searches.
+  endDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  endDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  endDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  filters: string, Filters to be run on the report. (repeated)
+  languageCode: string, The language to use for translating report output. If unspecified, this defaults to English (&quot;en&quot;). If the given language is not supported, report output will be returned in English. The language is specified as an [IETF BCP-47 language code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag).
+  limit: integer, The maximum number of rows of report data to return. Reports producing more rows than the requested limit will be truncated. If unset, this defaults to 100,000 rows for `Reports.GenerateReport` and 1,000,000 rows for `Reports.GenerateCsvReport`, which are also the maximum values permitted here. Report truncation can be identified (for `Reports.GenerateReport` only) by comparing the number of rows returned to the value returned in `total_matched_rows`.
+  metrics: string, Required. Reporting metrics. (repeated)
+    Allowed values
+      METRIC_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified metric.
+      PAGE_VIEWS - Number of page views.
+      AD_REQUESTS - Number of ad units that requested ads (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads). An ad request may result in zero, one, or multiple individual ad impressions depending on the size of the ad unit and whether any ads were available.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS - Requests that returned at least one ad.
+      TOTAL_IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.
+      IMPRESSIONS - Impressions. An impression is counted for each ad request where at least one ad has been downloaded to the user’s device and has begun to load. It is the number of ad units (for content ads) or search queries (for search ads) that showed ads.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS - Ads shown. Different ad formats will display varying numbers of ads. For example, a vertical banner may consist of 2 or more ads. Also, the number of ads in an ad unit may vary depending on whether the ad unit is displaying standard text ads, expanded text ads or image ads.
+      CLICKS - Number of times a user clicked on a standard content ad.
+      PAGE_VIEWS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of page views considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      AD_REQUESTS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of ad requests considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of ad requests that returned ads considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      IMPRESSIONS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of impressions considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of ad impressions considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      CLICKS_SPAM_RATIO - Fraction of clicks considered to be spam. Only available to premium accounts.
+      AD_REQUESTS_COVERAGE - Ratio of requested ad units or queries to the number returned to the site.
+      PAGE_VIEWS_CTR - Ratio of individual page views that resulted in a click.
+      AD_REQUESTS_CTR - Ratio of ad requests that resulted in a click.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS_CTR - Ratio of clicks to matched requests.
+      IMPRESSIONS_CTR - Ratio of IMPRESSIONS that resulted in a click.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS_CTR - Ratio of individual ad impressions that resulted in a click.
+      ACTIVE_VIEW_MEASURABILITY - Ratio of requests that were measurable for viewability.
+      ACTIVE_VIEW_VIEWABILITY - Ratio of requests that were viewable.
+      ACTIVE_VIEW_TIME - Mean time an ad was displayed on screen.
+      ESTIMATED_EARNINGS - Estimated earnings of the publisher. Note that earnings up to yesterday are accurate, more recent earnings are estimated due to the possibility of spam, or exchange rate fluctuations.
+      PAGE_VIEWS_RPM - Revenue per thousand page views. This is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of page views multiplied by 1000.
+      AD_REQUESTS_RPM - Revenue per thousand ad requests. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of ad requests multiplied by 1000.
+      MATCHED_AD_REQUESTS_RPM - Revenue per thousand matched ad requests. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of matched ad requests multiplied by 1000.
+      IMPRESSIONS_RPM - Revenue per thousand ad impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of ad impressions multiplied by 1000.
+      INDIVIDUAL_AD_IMPRESSIONS_RPM - Revenue per thousand individual ad impressions. This is calculated by dividing estimated revenue by the number of individual ad impressions multiplied by 1000.
+      COST_PER_CLICK - Amount the publisher earns each time a user clicks on an ad. CPC is calculated by dividing the estimated revenue by the number of clicks received.
+      ADS_PER_IMPRESSION - Number of ad views per impression.
+      TOTAL_EARNINGS - Total earnings.
+      WEBSEARCH_RESULT_PAGES - Number of results pages.
+  orderBy: string, The name of a dimension or metric to sort the resulting report on, can be prefixed with &quot;+&quot; to sort ascending or &quot;-&quot; to sort descending. If no prefix is specified, the column is sorted ascending. (repeated)
+  reportingTimeZone: string, Timezone in which to generate the report. If unspecified, this defaults to the account timezone. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_TIME_ZONE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified timezone.
+      ACCOUNT_TIME_ZONE - Use the account timezone in the report.
+      GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE - Use the Google timezone in the report (America/Los_Angeles).
+  startDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  startDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  startDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can&#x27;t be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  &quot;extensions&quot;: [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.saved.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.saved.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5d09f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.reports.saved.html
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.reports.html">reports</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.reports.saved.html">saved</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generate">generate(name, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, languageCode=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates a saved report.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generateCsv">generateCsv(name, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, languageCode=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates a csv formatted saved report.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists saved reports.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generate">generate(name, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, languageCode=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generates a saved report.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the saved report. Format: accounts/{account}/reports/{report} (required)
+  currencyCode: string, The [ISO-4217 currency code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217) to use when reporting on monetary metrics. Defaults to the account&#x27;s currency if not set.
+  dateRange: string, Date range of the report, if unset the range will be considered CUSTOM.
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_DATE_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified date range.
+      CUSTOM - A custom date range specified using the `start_date` and `end_date` fields. This is the default if no ReportingDateRange is provided.
+      TODAY - Current day.
+      YESTERDAY - Yesterday.
+      MONTH_TO_DATE - From the start of the current month to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-03-01, 2020-03-12].
+      YEAR_TO_DATE - From the start of the current year to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-01-01, 2020-03-12].
+      LAST_7_DAYS - Last 7 days, excluding current day.
+      LAST_30_DAYS - Last 30 days, excluding current day.
+  endDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  endDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  endDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  languageCode: string, The language to use for translating report output. If unspecified, this defaults to English (&quot;en&quot;). If the given language is not supported, report output will be returned in English. The language is specified as an [IETF BCP-47 language code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag).
+  reportingTimeZone: string, Timezone in which to generate the report. If unspecified, this defaults to the account timezone. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_TIME_ZONE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified timezone.
+      ACCOUNT_TIME_ZONE - Use the account timezone in the report.
+      GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE - Use the Google timezone in the report (America/Los_Angeles).
+  startDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  startDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  startDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Result of a generated report.
+  &quot;averages&quot;: { # Row representation. # The averages of the report. This is the same length as any other row in the report; cells corresponding to dimension columns are empty.
+    &quot;cells&quot;: [ # Cells in the row.
+      { # Cell representation.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Value in the cell. The dimension cells contain strings, and the metric cells contain numbers.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. End date of the range (inclusive).
+    &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+    &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  &quot;headers&quot;: [ # The header information; one for each dimension in the request, followed by one for each metric in the request.
+    { # The header information of the columns requested in the report.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The [ISO-4217 currency code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217) of this column. Only present if the header type is METRIC_CURRENCY.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the header.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type of the header.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;rows&quot;: [ # The output rows of the report. Each row is a list of cells; one for each dimension in the request, followed by one for each metric in the request.
+    { # Row representation.
+      &quot;cells&quot;: [ # Cells in the row.
+        { # Cell representation.
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Value in the cell. The dimension cells contain strings, and the metric cells contain numbers.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Start date of the range (inclusive).
+    &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+    &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+    &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  },
+  &quot;totalMatchedRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The total number of rows matched by the report request.
+  &quot;totals&quot;: { # Row representation. # The totals of the report. This is the same length as any other row in the report; cells corresponding to dimension columns are empty.
+    &quot;cells&quot;: [ # Cells in the row.
+      { # Cell representation.
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Value in the cell. The dimension cells contain strings, and the metric cells contain numbers.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # Any warnings associated with generation of the report. These warnings are always returned in English.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generateCsv">generateCsv(name, currencyCode=None, dateRange=None, endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, languageCode=None, reportingTimeZone=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generates a csv formatted saved report.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the saved report. Format: accounts/{account}/reports/{report} (required)
+  currencyCode: string, The [ISO-4217 currency code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217) to use when reporting on monetary metrics. Defaults to the account&#x27;s currency if not set.
+  dateRange: string, Date range of the report, if unset the range will be considered CUSTOM.
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_DATE_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified date range.
+      CUSTOM - A custom date range specified using the `start_date` and `end_date` fields. This is the default if no ReportingDateRange is provided.
+      TODAY - Current day.
+      YESTERDAY - Yesterday.
+      MONTH_TO_DATE - From the start of the current month to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-03-01, 2020-03-12].
+      YEAR_TO_DATE - From the start of the current year to the current day. e.g. if the current date is 2020-03-12 then the range will be [2020-01-01, 2020-03-12].
+      LAST_7_DAYS - Last 7 days, excluding current day.
+      LAST_30_DAYS - Last 30 days, excluding current day.
+  endDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  endDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  endDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  languageCode: string, The language to use for translating report output. If unspecified, this defaults to English (&quot;en&quot;). If the given language is not supported, report output will be returned in English. The language is specified as an [IETF BCP-47 language code](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IETF_language_tag).
+  reportingTimeZone: string, Timezone in which to generate the report. If unspecified, this defaults to the account timezone. For more information, see [changing the time zone of your reports](https://support.google.com/adsense/answer/9830725).
+    Allowed values
+      REPORTING_TIME_ZONE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified timezone.
+      ACCOUNT_TIME_ZONE - Use the account timezone in the report.
+      GOOGLE_TIME_ZONE - Use the Google timezone in the report (America/Los_Angeles).
+  startDate_day: integer, Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+  startDate_month: integer, Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+  startDate_year: integer, Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can&#x27;t be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  &quot;extensions&quot;: [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists saved reports.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of reports. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of reports to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 reports will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListPayments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPayments` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the saved reports list rpc.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through reports. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+  &quot;savedReports&quot;: [ # The reports returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of a saved report.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the report. Format: accounts/{account}/reports/{report}
+      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Report title as specified by publisher.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.sites.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.sites.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a736fa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.accounts.sites.html
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="adsense_v2.accounts.sites.html">sites</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about the selected site.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the sites available in an account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about the selected site.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the site. Format: accounts/{account}/sites/{site} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of a Site.
+  &quot;autoAdsEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether auto ads is turned on for the site.
+  &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Domain (or subdomain) of the site, e.g. &quot;example.com&quot; or &quot;www.example.com&quot;. This is used in the `OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME` reporting dimension.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of a site. Format: accounts/{account}/sites/{site}
+  &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the site as used in the `OWNED_SITE_ID` reporting dimension.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of a site.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the sites available in an account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account which owns the collection of sites. Format: accounts/{account} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of sites to include in the response, used for paging. If unspecified, at most 10000 sites will be returned. The maximum value is 10000; values above 10000 will be coerced to 10000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSites` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSites` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response definition for the sites list rpc.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through sites. To retrieve the next page of the results, set the next request&#x27;s &quot;page_token&quot; value to this.
+  &quot;sites&quot;: [ # The sites returned in this list response.
+    { # Representation of a Site.
+      &quot;autoAdsEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether auto ads is turned on for the site.
+      &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Domain (or subdomain) of the site, e.g. &quot;example.com&quot; or &quot;www.example.com&quot;. This is used in the `OWNED_SITE_DOMAIN_NAME` reporting dimension.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of a site. Format: accounts/{account}/sites/{site}
+      &quot;reportingDimensionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique ID of the site as used in the `OWNED_SITE_ID` reporting dimension.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of a site.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.html b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9de396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="adsense_v2.html">AdSense Management API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="adsense_v2.accounts.html">accounts()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the accounts Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.androidAppDataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.androidAppDataStreams.html
index a8b6a6b..ebb7cf9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.androidAppDataStreams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.androidAppDataStreams.html
@@ -78,9 +78,6 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an Android app stream with the specified location and attributes. Note that an Android app stream must be linked to a Firebase app to receive traffic. To create a working app stream, make sure your property is linked to a Firebase project. Then, use the Firebase API to create a Firebase app, which will also create an appropriate data stream in Analytics (may take up to 24 hours).</p>
-<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes an android app stream on a property.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -102,42 +99,6 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates an Android app stream with the specified location and attributes. Note that an Android app stream must be linked to a Firebase app to receive traffic. To create a working app stream, make sure your property is linked to a Firebase project. Then, use the Firebase API to create a Firebase app, which will also create an appropriate data stream in Analytics (may take up to 24 hours).
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this android app data stream will be created. Format: properties/123 (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A resource message representing a Google Analytics Android app stream.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding Android app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the Android app is deleted and recreated.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/androidAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/androidAppDataStreams/2000&quot;
-  &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The package name for the app being measured. Example: &quot;com.example.myandroidapp&quot;
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics Android app stream.
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding Android app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the Android app is deleted and recreated.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/androidAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/androidAppDataStreams/2000&quot;
-  &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The package name for the app being measured. Example: &quot;com.example.myandroidapp&quot;
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}</pre>
-</div>
-
-<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Deletes an android app stream on a property.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.iosAppDataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.iosAppDataStreams.html
index 54bfb05..d6c7359 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.iosAppDataStreams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.iosAppDataStreams.html
@@ -78,9 +78,6 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates an iOS app stream with the specified location and attributes. Note that an iOS app stream must be linked to a Firebase app to receive traffic. To create a working app stream, make sure your property is linked to a Firebase project. Then, use the Firebase API to create a Firebase app, which will also create an appropriate data stream in Analytics (may take up to 24 hours).</p>
-<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes an iOS app stream on a property.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -102,42 +99,6 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates an iOS app stream with the specified location and attributes. Note that an iOS app stream must be linked to a Firebase app to receive traffic. To create a working app stream, make sure your property is linked to a Firebase project. Then, use the Firebase API to create a Firebase app, which will also create an appropriate data stream in Analytics (may take up to 24 hours).
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this ios app data stream will be created. Format: properties/123 (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A resource message representing a Google Analytics IOS app stream.
-  &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: &quot;com.example.myiosapp&quot;
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/iosAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/iosAppDataStreams/2000&quot;
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics IOS app stream.
-  &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: &quot;com.example.myiosapp&quot;
-  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  &quot;firebaseAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/iosAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: &quot;properties/1000/iosAppDataStreams/2000&quot;
-  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}</pre>
-</div>
-
-<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Deletes an iOS app stream on a property.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9178a88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apikeys_v2.html">API Keys API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="apikeys_v2.keys.html">keys()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the keys Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="apikeys_v2.operations.html">operations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="apikeys_v2.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.keys.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.keys.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f1dc90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.keys.html
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apikeys_v2.html">API Keys API</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.keys.html">keys</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#lookupKey">lookupKey(keyString=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Find the parent project and resource name of the API key that matches the key string in the request. If the API key has been purged, resource name will not be set. The service account must have the `apikeys.keys.lookup` permission on the parent project.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="lookupKey">lookupKey(keyString=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Find the parent project and resource name of the API key that matches the key string in the request. If the API key has been purged, resource name will not be set. The service account must have the `apikeys.keys.lookup` permission on the parent project.
+
+Args:
+  keyString: string, Required. Finds the project that owns the key string value.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `LookupKey` method.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the API key. If the API key has been purged, resource name is empty.
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project that owns the key with the value specified in the request.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf71335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apikeys_v2.html">API Keys API</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e57e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apikeys_v2.html">API Keys API</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="apikeys_v2.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the locations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91ca846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apikeys_v2.html">API Keys API</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html">keys()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the keys Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32d7fc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html
@@ -0,0 +1,557 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apikeys_v2.html">API Keys API</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="apikeys_v2.projects.locations.keys.html">keys</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#clone">clone(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Clones the existing key's restriction and display name to a new API key. The service account must have the `apikeys.keys.get` and `apikeys.keys.create` permissions in the project. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, keyId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new API key. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an API key. Deleted key can be retrieved within 30 days of deletion. Afterward, key will be purged from the project. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the metadata for an API key. The key string of the API key isn't included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getKeyString">getKeyString(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get the key string for an API key. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the API keys owned by a project. The key string of the API key isn't included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Patches the modifiable fields of an API key. The key string of the API key isn't included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes an API key which was deleted within 30 days. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="clone">clone(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Clones the existing key&#x27;s restriction and display name to a new API key. The service account must have the `apikeys.keys.get` and `apikeys.keys.create` permissions in the project. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the API key to be cloned in the same project. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `CloneKey` method.
+  &quot;keyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User specified key id (optional). If specified, it will become the final component of the key resource name. The id must be unique within the project, must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, and has a maximum length of 63 characters. In another word, the id must match the regular expression: `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. The id must NOT be a UUID-like string.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, keyId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new API key. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project in which the API key is created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The representation of a key managed by the API Keys API.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was originally created.
+  &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp when this key was deleted. If the resource is not deleted, this must be empty.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  &quot;keyString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+  &quot;restrictions&quot;: { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions.
+    &quot;androidKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedApplications&quot;: [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        { # Identifier of an Android application for key use.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package name of the application.
+          &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The SHA1 fingerprint of the application. For example, both sha1 formats are acceptable : DA:39:A3:EE:5E:6B:4B:0D:32:55:BF:EF:95:60:18:90:AF:D8:07:09 or DA39A3EE5E6B4B0D3255BFEF95601890AFD80709. Output format is the latter.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;apiTargets&quot;: [ # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or more specific methods. Requests are allowed if they match any of these restrictions. If no restrictions are specified, all targets are allowed.
+      { # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or multiple specific methods. Both fields are case insensitive.
+        &quot;methods&quot;: [ # Optional. List of one or more methods that can be called. If empty, all methods for the service are allowed. A wildcard (*) can be used as the last symbol. Valid examples: `google.cloud.translate.v2.TranslateService.GetSupportedLanguage` `TranslateText` `Get*` `translate.googleapis.com.Get*`
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service for this restriction. It should be the canonical service name, for example: `translate.googleapis.com`. You can use [`gcloud services list`](/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/list) to get a list of services that are enabled in the project.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;browserKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key. # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedReferrers&quot;: [ # A list of regular expressions for the referrer URLs that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;iosKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key. # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedBundleIds&quot;: [ # A list of bundle IDs that are allowed when making API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;serverKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key. # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedIps&quot;: [ # A list of the caller IP addresses that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id in UUID4 format.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was last updated.
+}
+
+  keyId: string, User specified key id (optional). If specified, it will become the final component of the key resource name. The id must be unique within the project, must conform with RFC-1034, is restricted to lower-cased letters, and has a maximum length of 63 characters. In another word, the id must match the regular expression: `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. The id must NOT be a UUID-like string.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes an API key. Deleted key can be retrieved within 30 days of deletion. Afterward, key will be purged from the project. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the API key to be deleted. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. The etag known to the client for the expected state of the key. This is to be used for optimistic concurrency.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the metadata for an API key. The key string of the API key isn&#x27;t included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the API key to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The representation of a key managed by the API Keys API.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was originally created.
+  &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp when this key was deleted. If the resource is not deleted, this must be empty.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  &quot;keyString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+  &quot;restrictions&quot;: { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions.
+    &quot;androidKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedApplications&quot;: [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        { # Identifier of an Android application for key use.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package name of the application.
+          &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The SHA1 fingerprint of the application. For example, both sha1 formats are acceptable : DA:39:A3:EE:5E:6B:4B:0D:32:55:BF:EF:95:60:18:90:AF:D8:07:09 or DA39A3EE5E6B4B0D3255BFEF95601890AFD80709. Output format is the latter.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;apiTargets&quot;: [ # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or more specific methods. Requests are allowed if they match any of these restrictions. If no restrictions are specified, all targets are allowed.
+      { # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or multiple specific methods. Both fields are case insensitive.
+        &quot;methods&quot;: [ # Optional. List of one or more methods that can be called. If empty, all methods for the service are allowed. A wildcard (*) can be used as the last symbol. Valid examples: `google.cloud.translate.v2.TranslateService.GetSupportedLanguage` `TranslateText` `Get*` `translate.googleapis.com.Get*`
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service for this restriction. It should be the canonical service name, for example: `translate.googleapis.com`. You can use [`gcloud services list`](/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/list) to get a list of services that are enabled in the project.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;browserKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key. # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedReferrers&quot;: [ # A list of regular expressions for the referrer URLs that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;iosKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key. # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedBundleIds&quot;: [ # A list of bundle IDs that are allowed when making API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;serverKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key. # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedIps&quot;: [ # A list of the caller IP addresses that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id in UUID4 format.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getKeyString">getKeyString(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Get the key string for an API key. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the API key to be retrieved. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `GetKeyString` method.
+  &quot;keyString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An encrypted and signed value of the key.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists the API keys owned by a project. The key string of the API key isn&#x27;t included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Lists all API keys associated with this project. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Only list keys that conform to the specified filter. The allowed filter strings are `state:ACTIVE` and `state:DELETED`. By default, ListKeys returns only active keys.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Specifies the maximum number of results to be returned at a time.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Requests a specific page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ListKeys` method.
+  &quot;keys&quot;: [ # A list of API keys.
+    { # The representation of a key managed by the API Keys API.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was originally created.
+      &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp when this key was deleted. If the resource is not deleted, this must be empty.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+      &quot;keyString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+      &quot;restrictions&quot;: { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions.
+        &quot;androidKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key.
+          &quot;allowedApplications&quot;: [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+            { # Identifier of an Android application for key use.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package name of the application.
+              &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The SHA1 fingerprint of the application. For example, both sha1 formats are acceptable : DA:39:A3:EE:5E:6B:4B:0D:32:55:BF:EF:95:60:18:90:AF:D8:07:09 or DA39A3EE5E6B4B0D3255BFEF95601890AFD80709. Output format is the latter.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;apiTargets&quot;: [ # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or more specific methods. Requests are allowed if they match any of these restrictions. If no restrictions are specified, all targets are allowed.
+          { # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or multiple specific methods. Both fields are case insensitive.
+            &quot;methods&quot;: [ # Optional. List of one or more methods that can be called. If empty, all methods for the service are allowed. A wildcard (*) can be used as the last symbol. Valid examples: `google.cloud.translate.v2.TranslateService.GetSupportedLanguage` `TranslateText` `Get*` `translate.googleapis.com.Get*`
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service for this restriction. It should be the canonical service name, for example: `translate.googleapis.com`. You can use [`gcloud services list`](/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/list) to get a list of services that are enabled in the project.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;browserKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key. # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key.
+          &quot;allowedReferrers&quot;: [ # A list of regular expressions for the referrer URLs that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;iosKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key. # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key.
+          &quot;allowedBundleIds&quot;: [ # A list of bundle IDs that are allowed when making API calls with this key.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;serverKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key. # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key.
+          &quot;allowedIps&quot;: [ # A list of the caller IP addresses that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id in UUID4 format.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pagination token for the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Patches the modifiable fields of an API key. The key string of the API key isn&#x27;t included in the response. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The representation of a key managed by the API Keys API.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was originally created.
+  &quot;deleteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp when this key was deleted. If the resource is not deleted, this must be empty.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable display name of this key that you can modify. The maximum length is 63 characters.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the Key resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  &quot;keyString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An encrypted and signed value held by this key. This field can be accessed only through the `GetKeyString` method.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the key. The `name` has the form: `projects//locations/global/keys/`. For example: `projects/123456867718/locations/global/keys/b7ff1f9f-8275-410a-94dd-3855ee9b5dd2` NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+  &quot;restrictions&quot;: { # Describes the restrictions on the key. # Key restrictions.
+    &quot;androidKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key. # The Android apps that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedApplications&quot;: [ # A list of Android applications that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        { # Identifier of an Android application for key use.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package name of the application.
+          &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The SHA1 fingerprint of the application. For example, both sha1 formats are acceptable : DA:39:A3:EE:5E:6B:4B:0D:32:55:BF:EF:95:60:18:90:AF:D8:07:09 or DA39A3EE5E6B4B0D3255BFEF95601890AFD80709. Output format is the latter.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;apiTargets&quot;: [ # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or more specific methods. Requests are allowed if they match any of these restrictions. If no restrictions are specified, all targets are allowed.
+      { # A restriction for a specific service and optionally one or multiple specific methods. Both fields are case insensitive.
+        &quot;methods&quot;: [ # Optional. List of one or more methods that can be called. If empty, all methods for the service are allowed. A wildcard (*) can be used as the last symbol. Valid examples: `google.cloud.translate.v2.TranslateService.GetSupportedLanguage` `TranslateText` `Get*` `translate.googleapis.com.Get*`
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service for this restriction. It should be the canonical service name, for example: `translate.googleapis.com`. You can use [`gcloud services list`](/sdk/gcloud/reference/services/list) to get a list of services that are enabled in the project.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;browserKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key. # The HTTP referrers (websites) that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedReferrers&quot;: [ # A list of regular expressions for the referrer URLs that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;iosKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key. # The iOS apps that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedBundleIds&quot;: [ # A list of bundle IDs that are allowed when making API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;serverKeyRestrictions&quot;: { # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key. # The IP addresses of callers that are allowed to use the key.
+      &quot;allowedIps&quot;: [ # A list of the caller IP addresses that are allowed to make API calls with this key.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;uid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id in UUID4 format.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A timestamp identifying the time this key was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The field mask specifies which fields to be updated as part of this request. All other fields are ignored. Mutable fields are: `display_name` and `restrictions`. If an update mask is not provided, the service treats it as an implied mask equivalent to all allowed fields that are set on the wire. If the field mask has a special value &quot;*&quot;, the service treats it equivalent to replace all allowed mutable fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Undeletes an API key which was deleted within 30 days. NOTE: Key is a global resource; hence the only supported value for location is `global`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the API key to be undeleted. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `UndeleteKey` method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html
index ec2b232..e37aa59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets a table. Returns NOT_FOUND if the table does not exist.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists tables for the user.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -126,6 +126,7 @@
         &quot;relationshipColumn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the relationship column associated with the lookup.
         &quot;relationshipColumnId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the relationship column.
       },
+      &quot;multipleValuesDisallowed&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not multiple values are allowed for array types where such a restriction is possible.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # column name
       &quot;relationshipDetails&quot;: { # Details about a relationship column. # Optional. Additional details about a relationship column. Specified when data_type is relationship.
         &quot;linkedTable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the table this relationship is linked to.
@@ -146,10 +147,11 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists tables for the user.
 
 Args:
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sorting order for the list of tables on createTime/updateTime.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tables to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 20 tables are returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 are coerced to 100.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListTables` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTables` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -178,6 +180,7 @@
             &quot;relationshipColumn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the relationship column associated with the lookup.
             &quot;relationshipColumnId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the relationship column.
           },
+          &quot;multipleValuesDisallowed&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not multiple values are allowed for array types where such a restriction is possible.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # column name
           &quot;relationshipDetails&quot;: { # Details about a relationship column. # Optional. Additional details about a relationship column. Specified when data_type is relationship.
             &quot;linkedTable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the table this relationship is linked to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.rows.html b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.rows.html
index 382dc7b..1c438d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.rows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.rows.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets a row. Returns NOT_FOUND if the row does not exist in the table.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists rows in a table. Returns NOT_FOUND if the table does not exist.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -320,12 +320,13 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists rows in a table. Returns NOT_FOUND if the table does not exist.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent table. Format: tables/{table} (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filter to only include resources matching the requirements. For more information, see [Filtering list results](https://support.google.com/area120-tables/answer/10503371).
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sorting order for the list of rows on createTime/updateTime.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of rows to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 rows are returned. The maximum value is 1,000; values above 1,000 are coerced to 1,000.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListRows` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListRows` must match the call that provided the page token.
   view: string, Optional. Column key to use for values in the row. Defaults to user entered name.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html
index 2b45487..180a272 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html
@@ -126,6 +126,7 @@
             &quot;relationshipColumn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the relationship column associated with the lookup.
             &quot;relationshipColumnId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the relationship column.
           },
+          &quot;multipleValuesDisallowed&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not multiple values are allowed for array types where such a restriction is possible.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # column name
           &quot;relationshipDetails&quot;: { # Details about a relationship column. # Optional. Additional details about a relationship column. Specified when data_type is relationship.
             &quot;linkedTable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the table this relationship is linked to.
@@ -186,6 +187,7 @@
                 &quot;relationshipColumn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the relationship column associated with the lookup.
                 &quot;relationshipColumnId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the relationship column.
               },
+              &quot;multipleValuesDisallowed&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not multiple values are allowed for array types where such a restriction is possible.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # column name
               &quot;relationshipDetails&quot;: { # Details about a relationship column. # Optional. Additional details about a relationship column. Specified when data_type is relationship.
                 &quot;linkedTable&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the table this relationship is linked to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
index 1f9e508..859d1f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
               ],
               &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
               &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
               &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                 &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
                   ],
                   &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                   &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                   &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                     &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
               ],
               &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
               &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
               &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                 &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@
             ],
             &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
             &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
               &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@
                 ],
                 &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                 &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                 &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                   &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@
             ],
             &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
             &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
               &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@
             ],
             &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
             &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
               &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@
                 ],
                 &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                 &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                 &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                   &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@
             ],
             &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
             &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
               &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@
             ],
             &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
             &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
               &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@
                 ],
                 &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                 &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                 &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                   &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@
             ],
             &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
             &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
             &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
               &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@
                 ],
                 &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                 &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                 &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                   &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@
                     ],
                     &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                     &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                     &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                       &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@
                 ],
                 &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
                 &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
                 &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
                   &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
index a3721ca..91c7071 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
           &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
             &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;maxLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] Maximum length of values of this field for STRINGS or BYTES. If max_length is not specified, no maximum length constraint is imposed on this field. If type = &quot;STRING&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum UTF-8 length of strings in this field. If type = &quot;BYTES&quot;, then max_length represents the maximum number of bytes in this field. It is invalid to set this field if type ≠ &quot;STRING&quot; and ≠ &quot;BYTES&quot;.
         &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field mode. Possible values include NULLABLE, REQUIRED and REPEATED. The default value is NULLABLE.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 128 characters.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Required] The field name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 300 characters.
         &quot;policyTags&quot;: {
           &quot;names&quot;: [ # A list of category resource names. For example, &quot;projects/1/location/eu/taxonomies/2/policyTags/3&quot;. At most 1 policy tag is allowed.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
index 7b4a4a7..402ee18 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
@@ -121,12 +121,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -191,12 +191,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -367,12 +367,12 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-        &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-        &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+        &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+        &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-        &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+        &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
           &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
             &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
             &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -456,12 +456,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -527,12 +527,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
index 2c323d0..3b5a689 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
@@ -130,12 +130,12 @@
       },
     },
     &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-      &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-      &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+      &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+      &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-      &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+      &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
         &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
           &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
           &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -296,12 +296,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -377,12 +377,12 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-        &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-        &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+        &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+        &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-        &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+        &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
           &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
             &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
             &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -467,12 +467,12 @@
       },
     },
     &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-      &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-      &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+      &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+      &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-      &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+      &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
         &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
           &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
           &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
@@ -539,12 +539,12 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. E.g. Assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when current calendar month is July, August, September, and so on.
-    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type).
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;creditTypesTreatment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If not set, default behavior is `INCLUDE_ALL_CREDITS`.
-    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional).
+    &quot;customPeriod&quot;: { # All date times begin at 12 AM US and Canadian Pacific Time (UTC-8). # Optional. Specifies to track usage from any start date (required) to any end date (optional). This time period is static, it does not recur.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The end date of the time period. Budgets with elapsed end date won&#x27;t be processed. If unset, specifies to track all usage incurred since the start_date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
index 455bdad..869c4a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html
index 13c2333..8e3d8f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html
index d78747d..a3828bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html
@@ -207,6 +207,14 @@
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Available metadata fields for the item. # Metadata information.
         &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.
         &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.
+        &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+          { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the item was created in the source repository.
         &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.
         &quot;interactions&quot;: [ # A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html
index 8c3abe1..06d0f44 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html
@@ -268,6 +268,14 @@
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Available metadata fields for the item. # Metadata information.
     &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.
     &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.
+    &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+      { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the item was created in the source repository.
     &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.
     &quot;interactions&quot;: [ # A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.
@@ -448,6 +456,14 @@
     &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Available metadata fields for the item. # Metadata information.
       &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.
       &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.
+      &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+        { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the item was created in the source repository.
       &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.
       &quot;interactions&quot;: [ # A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.
@@ -662,6 +678,14 @@
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Available metadata fields for the item. # Metadata information.
         &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.
         &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.
+        &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+          { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the item was created in the source repository.
         &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.
         &quot;interactions&quot;: [ # A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.
@@ -873,6 +897,14 @@
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Available metadata fields for the item. # Metadata information.
         &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.
         &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.
+        &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+          { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the item was created in the source repository.
         &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.
         &quot;interactions&quot;: [ # A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.
@@ -1075,6 +1107,14 @@
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Available metadata fields for the item. # Metadata information.
     &quot;containerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the container for this item. Deletion of the container item leads to automatic deletion of this item. Note: ACLs are not inherited from a container item. To provide ACL inheritance for an item, use the inheritAclFrom field. The maximum length is 1536 characters.
     &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BCP-47 language code for the item, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. The maximum length is 32 characters.
+    &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # A set of named attributes associated with the item. This can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+      { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when the item was created in the source repository.
     &quot;hash&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hashing value provided by the API caller. This can be used with the items.push method to calculate modified state. The maximum length is 2048 characters.
     &quot;interactions&quot;: [ # A list of interactions for the item. Interactions are used to improve Search quality, but are not exposed to end users. The maximum number of elements is 1000.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
index a089fde..3368515 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
@@ -103,6 +103,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The search API request.
+  &quot;contextAttributes&quot;: [ # Context attributes for the request which will be used to adjust ranking of search results. The maximum number of elements is 10.
+    { # A named attribute associated with an item which can be used for influencing the ranking of the item based on the context in the request.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the attribute. It should not be empty. The maximum length is 32 characters. The name must start with a letter and can only contain letters (A-Z, a-z) or numbers (0-9). The name will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+      &quot;values&quot;: [ # Text values of the attribute. The maximum number of elements is 10. The maximum length of an element in the array is 32 characters. The value will be normalized (lower-cased) before being matched.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;dataSourceRestrictions&quot;: [ # The sources to use for querying. If not specified, all data sources from the current search application are used.
     { # Restriction on Datasource.
       &quot;filterOptions&quot;: [ # Filter options restricting the results. If multiple filters are present, they are grouped by object type before joining. Filters with the same object type are joined conjunctively, then the resulting expressions are joined disjunctively. The maximum number of elements is 20. NOTE: Suggest API supports only few filters at the moment: &quot;objecttype&quot;, &quot;type&quot; and &quot;mimetype&quot;. For now, schema specific filters cannot be used to filter suggestions.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.html
index 6d3ea95..5a49ad3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.html
@@ -113,6 +113,12 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents settings at a customer level.
+  &quot;auditLoggingSettings&quot;: { # Represents the settings for Cloud audit logging # Audit Logging settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request.
+    &quot;logAdminReadActions&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for admin activity read APIs i.e. Get/List DataSources, Get/List SearchApplications etc.
+    &quot;logDataReadActions&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for data access read APIs i.e. ListItems, GetItem etc.
+    &quot;logDataWriteActions&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for data access write APIs i.e. IndexItem etc.
+    &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the GCP Project to store audit logs. Cloud audit logging will be enabled after project_name has been updated through CustomerService. Format: projects/{project_id}
+  },
   &quot;vpcSettings&quot;: { # VPC SC settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request.
     &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the GCP Project to be used for VPC SC policy check. VPC security settings on this project will be honored for Cloud Search APIs after project_name has been updated through CustomerService. Format: projects/{project_id}
   },
@@ -128,6 +134,12 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents settings at a customer level.
+  &quot;auditLoggingSettings&quot;: { # Represents the settings for Cloud audit logging # Audit Logging settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request.
+    &quot;logAdminReadActions&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for admin activity read APIs i.e. Get/List DataSources, Get/List SearchApplications etc.
+    &quot;logDataReadActions&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for data access read APIs i.e. ListItems, GetItem etc.
+    &quot;logDataWriteActions&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for data access write APIs i.e. IndexItem etc.
+    &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the GCP Project to store audit logs. Cloud audit logging will be enabled after project_name has been updated through CustomerService. Format: projects/{project_id}
+  },
   &quot;vpcSettings&quot;: { # VPC SC settings for the customer. If update_mask is empty then this field will be updated based on UpdateCustomerSettings request.
     &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the GCP Project to be used for VPC SC policy check. VPC security settings on this project will be honored for Cloud Search APIs after project_name has been updated through CustomerService. Format: projects/{project_id}
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html
index 6795bf3..dce0532 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html
@@ -162,6 +162,7 @@
     &quot;sortOrder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ascending is the default sort order
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the Search Application. The maximum length is 300 characters.
+  &quot;enableAuditLog&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for requests made for the search application in query APIs.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Search Application. Format: searchapplications/{application_id}.
   &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -317,6 +318,7 @@
     &quot;sortOrder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ascending is the default sort order
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the Search Application. The maximum length is 300 characters.
+  &quot;enableAuditLog&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for requests made for the search application in query APIs.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Search Application. Format: searchapplications/{application_id}.
   &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -412,6 +414,7 @@
         &quot;sortOrder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ascending is the default sort order
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the Search Application. The maximum length is 300 characters.
+      &quot;enableAuditLog&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for requests made for the search application in query APIs.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Search Application. Format: searchapplications/{application_id}.
       &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -557,6 +560,7 @@
     &quot;sortOrder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ascending is the default sort order
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the Search Application. The maximum length is 300 characters.
+  &quot;enableAuditLog&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether audit logging is on/off for requests made for the search application in query APIs.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Search Application. Format: searchapplications/{application_id}.
   &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 95b465b..335a70b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -338,6 +338,7 @@
     &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster.
     &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
     &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
     &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
     &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -904,6 +905,7 @@
   &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
   &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
   &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
   &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1373,6 +1375,7 @@
       &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
       &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
       &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
       &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 9fdfdc5..7d384c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -439,6 +439,7 @@
     &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster.
     &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
     &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
     &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
     &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1005,6 +1006,7 @@
   &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
   &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
   &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
   &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1518,6 +1520,7 @@
       &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
       &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
       &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
       &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 207df62..e56e89d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -349,6 +349,7 @@
     &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster. This field is deprecated, use tpu_config.enabled instead.
     &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
     &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
     &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
     &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -683,6 +684,9 @@
     &quot;verticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
     },
+    &quot;workloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;workloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.
       &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
       &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
@@ -958,6 +962,7 @@
   &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster. This field is deprecated, use tpu_config.enabled instead.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
   &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
   &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
   &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1292,6 +1297,9 @@
   &quot;verticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
   },
+  &quot;workloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+  },
   &quot;workloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.
     &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
     &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
@@ -1470,6 +1478,7 @@
       &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster. This field is deprecated, use tpu_config.enabled instead.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
       &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
       &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
       &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1804,6 +1813,9 @@
       &quot;verticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
       },
+      &quot;workloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+        &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+      },
       &quot;workloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.
         &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
         &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
@@ -2848,6 +2860,9 @@
     &quot;desiredVerticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
     },
+    &quot;desiredWorkloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;desiredWorkloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for Workload Identity.
       &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
       &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index bcd289e..2e2c4a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@
   &quot;nodePoolId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
   &quot;nodeVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the Kubernetes master version
   &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
-  &quot;tags&quot;: { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node&#x27;s underyling VM instance. (See `tags` field in [`NodeConfig`](/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/NodeConfig)). # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags.
+  &quot;tags&quot;: { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node&#x27;s underlying VM instance. (See `tags` field in [`NodeConfig`](/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/NodeConfig)). # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags.
     &quot;tags&quot;: [ # List of network tags.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 5f4f335..c7cdea0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -457,6 +457,7 @@
     &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster. This field is deprecated, use tpu_config.enabled instead.
     &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
     &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
     &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
     &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -791,6 +792,9 @@
     &quot;verticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
     },
+    &quot;workloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;workloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.
       &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
       &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
@@ -1066,6 +1070,7 @@
   &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster. This field is deprecated, use tpu_config.enabled instead.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
   &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
   &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
   &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1400,6 +1405,9 @@
   &quot;verticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
   },
+  &quot;workloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+  },
   &quot;workloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.
     &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
     &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
@@ -1622,6 +1630,7 @@
       &quot;enableTpu&quot;: True or False, # Enable the ability to use Cloud TPUs in this cluster. This field is deprecated, use tpu_config.enabled instead.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
       &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
       &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
       &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1956,6 +1965,9 @@
       &quot;verticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
       },
+      &quot;workloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+        &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+      },
       &quot;workloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.
         &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
         &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
@@ -2909,6 +2921,9 @@
     &quot;desiredVerticalPodAutoscaling&quot;: { # VerticalPodAutoscaling contains global, per-cluster information required by Vertical Pod Autoscaler to automatically adjust the resources of pods controlled by it. # Cluster-level Vertical Pod Autoscaling configuration.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables vertical pod autoscaling.
     },
+    &quot;desiredWorkloadCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;desiredWorkloadIdentityConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies. # Configuration for Workload Identity.
       &quot;identityNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IAM Identity Namespace to attach all Kubernetes Service Accounts to.
       &quot;identityProvider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # identity provider is the third party identity provider.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index bebe222..f6cdb4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
   &quot;nodePoolId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
   &quot;nodeVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the Kubernetes master version
   &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The Google Developers Console [project ID or project number](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840). This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
-  &quot;tags&quot;: { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node&#x27;s underyling VM instance. (See `tags` field in [`NodeConfig`](/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/NodeConfig)). # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags.
+  &quot;tags&quot;: { # Collection of Compute Engine network tags that can be applied to a node&#x27;s underlying VM instance. (See `tags` field in [`NodeConfig`](/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/NodeConfig)). # The desired network tags to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the tags will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing network tags will be *replaced* with the provided tags.
     &quot;tags&quot;: [ # List of network tags.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
index 9d5256c..175d684 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
@@ -245,6 +245,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -382,6 +383,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -542,6 +544,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -734,6 +737,7 @@
             &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+            &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
           },
         ],
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -887,6 +891,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -1023,6 +1028,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
index a5e06f9..ced5fc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
@@ -1219,6 +1219,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
index 0769318..ac27058 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
@@ -245,6 +245,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -382,6 +383,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -542,6 +544,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -734,6 +737,7 @@
             &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+            &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
           },
         ],
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -887,6 +891,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
@@ -1023,6 +1028,7 @@
         &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package; whether native or non native(ruby gems, node.js packages etc)
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The vendor of the product. e.g. &quot;google&quot;
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html
index 45da476..7ae8d50 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html
@@ -271,6 +271,7 @@
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
             &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+            &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
           },
         ],
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -450,6 +451,7 @@
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
             &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+            &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
           },
         ],
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -634,6 +636,7 @@
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
         &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -810,6 +813,7 @@
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
         &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -1010,6 +1014,7 @@
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
         &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -1241,6 +1246,7 @@
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
             &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+            &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
           },
         ],
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -1434,6 +1440,7 @@
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
         &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
@@ -1610,6 +1617,7 @@
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
         &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html
index 3ddab28..f42be63 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html
@@ -1915,6 +1915,7 @@
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity (eg: distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source from which the information in this Detail was obtained.
         &quot;sourceUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time this information was last changed at the source. This is an upstream timestamp from the underlying information source - e.g. Ubuntu security tracker.
+        &quot;vendor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the vendor of the product.
       },
     ],
     &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Note provider assigned impact of the vulnerability.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html
index 68ea1cf..09601f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html
@@ -115,6 +115,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network &quot;default&quot;.
         &quot;numWorkers&quot;: 42, # The initial number of Google Compute Engine instances for the job.
         &quot;serviceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the service account to run the job as.
+        &quot;stagingLocation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Storage path for staging local files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form &quot;https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK&quot; or &quot;regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK&quot;. If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL.
         &quot;tempLocation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`.
         &quot;workerRegion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. &quot;us-west1&quot;. Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane&#x27;s region.
@@ -160,6 +161,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network &quot;default&quot;.
       &quot;numWorkers&quot;: 42, # The initial number of Google Compute Engine instances for the job.
       &quot;serviceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the service account to run the job as.
+      &quot;stagingLocation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Storage path for staging local files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form &quot;https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK&quot; or &quot;regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK&quot;. If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL.
       &quot;tempLocation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`.
       &quot;workerRegion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. &quot;us-west1&quot;. Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane&#x27;s region.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
index fd4ef0b..cbd1a3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
@@ -232,40 +232,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -283,40 +250,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -334,40 +268,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
     },
@@ -480,40 +381,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -537,40 +405,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -668,7 +503,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -707,7 +559,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -768,7 +637,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -855,40 +741,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-              },
-              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-            },
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -927,7 +780,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html
index dc4b165..47de8ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html
@@ -88,11 +88,29 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the history of the specified environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use "-" as Environment ID in environment name to update version in "draft" environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can't be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -100,11 +118,244 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create an environment for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  environmentId: string, Required. The unique id of the new environment.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment to delete. / Format: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the history of the specified environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the environment to retrieve history for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Environments.GetEnvironmentHistory.
+  &quot;entries&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Represents an environment history entry.
+      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The agent version loaded into this environment history entry.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of this environment history entry.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The developer-provided description for this environment history entry.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the environment this history is for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all environments from. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all environments from. Format: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -118,10 +369,48 @@
     { # The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.
   &quot;environments&quot;: [ # The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
     { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
-      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Format: `projects//agent/versions/`.
+      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Format: `projects//agent/environments/`. For Environment ID, &quot;-&quot; is reserved for &#x27;draft&#x27; environment.
+      &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+        &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+          { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+          &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+          &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+          &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+          &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+        },
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+        &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+        &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+        &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+        &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+            &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+            &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+            &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+              &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+            },
+            &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
     },
   ],
@@ -143,4 +432,116 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use &quot;-&quot; as Environment ID in environment name to update version in &quot;draft&quot; environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can&#x27;t be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges: boolean, Optional. This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of the draft environment, which is an operation that cannot be undone. To confirm that the caller desires this overwrite, this field must be explicitly set to true when updating the draft environment (environment ID = `-`).
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html
index 82b3bb9..b75a041 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html
@@ -100,6 +100,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the sessions Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.versions.html">versions()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the versions Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -192,7 +197,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview).
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
   &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
   &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
     { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
@@ -200,7 +205,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -208,7 +213,7 @@
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -425,12 +430,12 @@
   <pre>Updates the fulfillment.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview).
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
   &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
   &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
     { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
@@ -438,7 +443,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -446,7 +451,7 @@
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
 }
 
   updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
@@ -459,7 +464,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview).
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
   &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
   &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
     { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
@@ -467,7 +472,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -475,7 +480,7 @@
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.versions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d34bdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.versions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="dialogflow_v2.html">Dialogflow API</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.html">agent</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.versions.html">versions</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the "default" environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the &quot;default&quot; environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create a version for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Delete the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version to delete. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all versions from. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Versions.ListVersions.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;versions&quot;: [ # The list of agent versions. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
index f905d62..fb398a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
@@ -83,11 +83,29 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the history of the specified environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use "-" as Environment ID in environment name to update version in "draft" environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can't be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -95,11 +113,244 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create an environment for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  environmentId: string, Required. The unique id of the new environment.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment to delete. / Format: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the history of the specified environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the environment to retrieve history for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Environments.GetEnvironmentHistory.
+  &quot;entries&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Represents an environment history entry.
+      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The agent version loaded into this environment history entry.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of this environment history entry.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The developer-provided description for this environment history entry.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the environment this history is for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all environments from. Format: `projects//agent`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all environments from. Format: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -113,10 +364,48 @@
     { # The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.
   &quot;environments&quot;: [ # The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
     { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
-      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Format: `projects//agent/versions/`.
+      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Format: `projects//agent/environments/`. For Environment ID, &quot;-&quot; is reserved for &#x27;draft&#x27; environment.
+      &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+        &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+          { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+          &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+          &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+          &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+          &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+        },
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+        &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+        &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+        &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+        &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+            &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+            &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+            &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+              &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+            },
+            &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
     },
   ],
@@ -138,4 +427,116 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use &quot;-&quot; as Environment ID in environment name to update version in &quot;draft&quot; environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can&#x27;t be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges: boolean, Optional. This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of the draft environment, which is an operation that cannot be undone. To confirm that the caller desires this overwrite, this field must be explicitly set to true when updating the draft environment (environment ID = `-`).
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender.
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html
index 23e8da8..6b40c9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html
@@ -95,6 +95,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the sessions Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.versions.html">versions()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the versions Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -187,7 +192,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview).
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
   &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
   &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
     { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
@@ -195,7 +200,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -203,7 +208,7 @@
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -420,12 +425,12 @@
   <pre>Updates the fulfillment.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview).
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
   &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
   &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
     { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
@@ -433,7 +438,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -441,7 +446,7 @@
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
 }
 
   updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
@@ -454,7 +459,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview).
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
   &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether fulfillment is enabled.
   &quot;features&quot;: [ # Optional. The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
     { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
@@ -462,7 +467,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # Optional. The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -470,7 +475,7 @@
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
     &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Format: `projects//agent/fulfillment`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.versions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5cad50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.versions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="dialogflow_v2.html">Dialogflow API</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.html">agent</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.versions.html">versions</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the "default" environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the &quot;default&quot; environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create a version for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Delete the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version to delete. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all versions from. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Versions.ListVersions.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;versions&quot;: [ # The list of agent versions. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html
index 681d47b..1eac35f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.html
@@ -88,11 +88,29 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the history of the specified environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use "-" as Environment ID in environment name to update version in "draft" environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can't be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -100,6 +118,239 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create an environment for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  environmentId: string, Required. The unique id of the new environment.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment to delete. / Format: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the history of the specified environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the environment to retrieve history for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Environments.GetEnvironmentHistory.
+  &quot;entries&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Represents an environment history entry.
+      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The agent version loaded into this environment history entry.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of this environment history entry.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The developer-provided description for this environment history entry.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the environment this history is for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.
 
@@ -120,8 +371,46 @@
     { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
       &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+      &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+        &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+          { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+          &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+          &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+          &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+          &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+        },
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+      },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+        &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+        &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+        &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+        &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+            &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+            &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+            &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+              &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+            },
+            &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
     },
   ],
@@ -143,4 +432,116 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use &quot;-&quot; as Environment ID in environment name to update version in &quot;draft&quot; environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can&#x27;t be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges: boolean, Optional. This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of the draft environment, which is an operation that cannot be undone. To confirm that the caller desires this overwrite, this field must be explicitly set to true when updating the draft environment (environment ID = `-`).
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html
index de95639..18bf4e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html
@@ -100,6 +100,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the sessions Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.versions.html">versions()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the versions Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -200,7 +205,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -438,7 +443,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -467,7 +472,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.versions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6124d12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.versions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.html">Dialogflow API</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.html">agent</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.versions.html">versions</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the "default" environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the &quot;default&quot; environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create a version for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Delete the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version to delete. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all versions from. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Versions.ListVersions.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;versions&quot;: [ # The list of agent versions. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
index 4c54d2c..5a229a3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.html
@@ -83,11 +83,29 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the history of the specified environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use "-" as Environment ID in environment name to update version in "draft" environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can't be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -95,6 +113,239 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, environmentId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create an environment for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  environmentId: string, Required. The unique id of the new environment.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment to delete. / Format: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent environment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory">getHistory(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the history of the specified environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the environment to retrieve history for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Environments.GetEnvironmentHistory.
+  &quot;entries&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of agent environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Represents an environment history entry.
+      &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The agent version loaded into this environment history entry.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The creation time of this environment history entry.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The developer-provided description for this environment history entry.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the environment this history is for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getHistory_next">getHistory_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Returns the list of all non-draft environments of the specified agent.
 
@@ -115,8 +366,46 @@
     { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
       &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+      &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+        &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+          { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+          &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+          &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+          &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+          &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+        },
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+      },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+        &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+        &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+        &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+        &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+            &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+            &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+            &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+              &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+            },
+            &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+          },
+        },
+      },
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
     },
   ],
@@ -138,4 +427,116 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges=None, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent environment. This method allows you to deploy new agent versions into the environment. When an environment is pointed to a new agent version by setting `environment.agent_version`, the environment is temporarily set to the `LOADING` state. During that time, the environment keeps on serving the previous version of the agent. After the new agent version is done loading, the environment is set back to the `RUNNING` state. You can use &quot;-&quot; as Environment ID in environment name to update version in &quot;draft&quot; environment. WARNING: this will negate all recent changes to draft and can&#x27;t be undone. You may want to save the draft to a version before calling this function.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  allowLoadToDraftAndDiscardChanges: boolean, Optional. This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of the draft environment, which is an operation that cannot be undone. To confirm that the caller desires this overwrite, this field must be explicitly set to true when updating the draft environment (environment ID = `-`).
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;agentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The agent version loaded into this environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description for this environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.
+  &quot;fulfillment&quot;: { # By default, your agent responds to a matched intent with a static response. As an alternative, you can provide a more dynamic response by using fulfillment. When you enable fulfillment for an intent, Dialogflow responds to that intent by calling a service that you define. For example, if an end-user wants to schedule a haircut on Friday, your service can check your database and respond to the end-user with availability information for Friday. For more information, see the [fulfillment guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-overview). # Optional. The fulfillment settings to use for this environment.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the fulfillment, unique within the agent. This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether fulfillment is enabled.
+    &quot;features&quot;: [ # The field defines whether the fulfillment is enabled for certain features.
+      { # Whether fulfillment is enabled for the specific feature.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the feature that enabled for fulfillment.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
+      &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
+      &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
+      &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The fulfillment URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.
+      &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unique identifier of the fulfillment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/fulfillment` - `projects//locations//agent/fulfillment` This field is not used for Fulfillment in an Environment.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent environment. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/environments/` - `projects//locations//agent/environments/`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;textToSpeechSettings&quot;: { # Instructs the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content. # Optional. Text to speech settings for this environment.
+    &quot;enableTextToSpeech&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether text to speech is enabled. Even when this field is false, other settings in this proto are still retained.
+    &quot;outputAudioEncoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.
+    &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice&#x27;s natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).
+    &quot;synthesizeSpeechConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.
+        &quot;effectsProfileId&quot;: [ # Optional. An identifier which selects &#x27;audio effects&#x27; profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;pitch&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.
+        &quot;speakingRate&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values &lt; 0.25 or &gt; 4.0 will return an error.
+        &quot;voice&quot;: { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. For the list of available voices, please refer to [Supported voices and languages](https://cloud.google.com/text-to-speech/docs/voices).
+          &quot;ssmlGender&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The preferred gender of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and name. Note that this is only a preference, not requirement. If a voice of the appropriate gender is not available, the synthesizer should substitute a voice with a different gender rather than failing the request.
+        },
+        &quot;volumeGainDb&quot;: 3.14, # Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there&#x27;s usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update time of this environment. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html
index 30a1b57..2fd9246 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html
@@ -95,6 +95,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the sessions Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.versions.html">versions()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the versions Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -195,7 +200,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -433,7 +438,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -462,7 +467,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;genericWebService&quot;: { # Represents configuration for a generic web service. Dialogflow supports two mechanisms for authentications: - Basic authentication with username and password. - Authentication with additional authentication headers. More information could be found at: https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/fulfillment-configure. # Configuration for a generic web service.
-    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;isCloudFunction&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates if generic web service is created through Cloud Functions integration. Defaults to false. is_cloud_function is deprecated. Cloud functions can be configured by its uri as a regular web service now.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for HTTP Basic authentication.
     &quot;requestHeaders&quot;: { # The HTTP request headers to send together with fulfillment requests.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.versions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948d9cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.versions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.html">Dialogflow API</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.html">agent</a> . <a href="dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.versions.html">versions</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the "default" environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Delete the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent version.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an agent version. The new version points to the agent instance in the &quot;default&quot; environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create a version for. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Delete the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version to delete. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the specified agent version.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the list of all versions of the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list all versions from. Supported formats: - `projects//agent` - `projects//locations//agent` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Versions.ListVersions.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;versions&quot;: [ # The list of agent versions. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+      &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the specified agent version. Note that this method does not allow you to update the state of the agent the given version points to. It allows you to update only mutable properties of the version resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for: - testing - development - production - etc. For more information, see the [versions and environments guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/agents-versions).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation time of this version. This field is read-only, i.e., it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The developer-provided description of this version.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this agent version. Supported formats: - `projects//agent/versions/` - `projects//locations//agent/versions/`
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The status of this version. This field is read-only and cannot be set by create and update methods.
+  &quot;versionNumber&quot;: 42, # Output only. The sequential number of this version. This field is read-only which means it cannot be set by create and update methods.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index 46dff20..c99dd15 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -805,10 +805,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -840,10 +840,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@
     &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
     &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1699,10 +1699,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1734,10 +1734,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -2519,10 +2519,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
index 84b4ae0..412b338 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the flow to get. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the flow for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the flow for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The agent containing the flows. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list flows for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to list flows for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If `update_mask` is not specified, an error will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
index 4bf5359..454bd19 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the page. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the page for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the page for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The flow to list all pages for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list pages for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to list pages for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -3136,7 +3136,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   updateMask: string, The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
index 7c4c3ea..9cc36c0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   updateMask: string, The mask to control which fields get updated.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html
index 48e56c0..a68f0b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#load">load(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Loads a specified version to draft version.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Loads resources in the specified version to the draft flow.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates the specified Version.</p>
@@ -252,15 +252,15 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="load">load(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Loads a specified version to draft version.
+  <pre>Loads resources in the specified version to the draft flow.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The Version to be loaded to draft version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Version to be loaded to draft flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The request message for Versions.LoadVersion.
-  &quot;allowOverrideAgentResources&quot;: True or False, # This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of other agent resources in the draft version, which can potentially impact other flow&#x27;s behavior. If `allow_override_agent_resources` is false, conflicted agent-level resources will not be overridden (i.e. intents, entities, webhooks).
+  &quot;allowOverrideAgentResources&quot;: True or False, # This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of other agent resources, which can potentially impact other flow&#x27;s behavior. If `allow_override_agent_resources` is false, conflicted agent-level resources will not be overridden (i.e. intents, entities, webhooks).
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
index 236d5d7..e28df42 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -151,10 +151,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -216,10 +216,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -272,10 +272,10 @@
     { # The response message for Intents.ListIntents.
   &quot;intents&quot;: [ # The list of intents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -330,10 +330,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -371,10 +371,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index ac5e3c6..99d6c5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -805,10 +805,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -840,10 +840,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@
     &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
     &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1699,10 +1699,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1734,10 +1734,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -2519,10 +2519,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
index 9af262d..abfeea0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
@@ -3050,10 +3050,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -3747,10 +3747,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -4454,10 +4454,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -5151,10 +5151,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -5909,10 +5909,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -6606,10 +6606,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -7373,10 +7373,10 @@
                 },
               ],
               &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
                 &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
                 &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-                &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+                &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -8070,10 +8070,10 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
               &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-              &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+              &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -8795,10 +8795,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -9492,10 +9492,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -10200,10 +10200,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -10897,10 +10897,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
index 01387f6..4befb9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
@@ -762,10 +762,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1477,10 +1477,10 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
               &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-              &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+              &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys.&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys.head * sys.contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys.head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys.contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index ecb7283..7ff4b74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -805,10 +805,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -840,10 +840,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@
     &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
     &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1699,10 +1699,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1734,10 +1734,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -2519,10 +2519,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
index f1962e4..5634424 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.html
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the flow to get. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the flow for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the flow for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The agent containing the flows. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list flows for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to list flows for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `flow`: * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Flow.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   updateMask: string, Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If `update_mask` is not specified, an error will be returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
index ec75126..bf1afba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the page. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the page for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the page for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The flow to list all pages for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list pages for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to list pages for. The following fields are language dependent: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -3136,7 +3136,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_route_groups.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `page`: * `Page.entry_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.entry_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.event_handlers.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.initial_prompt_fulfillment.conditional_cases` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.messages` * `Page.form.parameters.fill_behavior.reprompt_event_handlers.conditional_cases` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `Page.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   updateMask: string, The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
index b821241..7f0b533 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. (required)
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  languageCode: string, The language to list transition route groups for. The field `messages` in TransitionRoute is language dependent. If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  languageCode: string, The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent&#x27;s default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
   updateMask: string, The mask to control which fields get updated.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html
index 11744e9..25176de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.flows.versions.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#load">load(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Loads a specified version to draft version.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Loads resources in the specified version to the draft flow.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates the specified Version.</p>
@@ -252,15 +252,15 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="load">load(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Loads a specified version to draft version.
+  <pre>Loads resources in the specified version to the draft flow.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The Version to be loaded to draft version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Version to be loaded to draft flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The request message for Versions.LoadVersion.
-  &quot;allowOverrideAgentResources&quot;: True or False, # This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of other agent resources in the draft version, which can potentially impact other flow&#x27;s behavior. If `allow_override_agent_resources` is false, conflicted agent-level resources will not be overridden (i.e. intents, entities, webhooks).
+  &quot;allowOverrideAgentResources&quot;: True or False, # This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of other agent resources, which can potentially impact other flow&#x27;s behavior. If `allow_override_agent_resources` is false, conflicted agent-level resources will not be overridden (i.e. intents, entities, webhooks).
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
index 16c5402..d45589a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.intents.html
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -151,10 +151,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -216,10 +216,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -272,10 +272,10 @@
     { # The response message for Intents.ListIntents.
   &quot;intents&quot;: [ # The list of intents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -330,10 +330,10 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -371,10 +371,10 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
   &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index 38c71e2..abf314e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -805,10 +805,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -840,10 +840,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -964,10 +964,10 @@
     &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
     &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1699,10 +1699,10 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
       &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1734,10 +1734,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -2519,10 +2519,10 @@
       &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.
       &quot;event&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The event that matched the query. Only filled for `EVENT` match type.
       &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
         &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
index cbba43a..4c92d96 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
@@ -3050,10 +3050,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -3747,10 +3747,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -4454,10 +4454,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -5151,10 +5151,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -5909,10 +5909,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -6606,10 +6606,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -7373,10 +7373,10 @@
                 },
               ],
               &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
                 &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
                 &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-                &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+                &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -8070,10 +8070,10 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
               &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-              &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+              &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -8795,10 +8795,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -9492,10 +9492,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -10200,10 +10200,10 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
             &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-            &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+            &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -10897,10 +10897,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
index 8d8e082..b6e9a60 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
@@ -762,10 +762,10 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
           &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-          &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+          &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
@@ -1477,10 +1477,10 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;triggeredIntent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
               &quot;isFallback&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.
-              &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
+              &quot;labels&quot;: { # The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols &#x27;-&#x27; and &#x27;_&#x27;. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix &quot;sys-&quot; is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. &quot;sys-head&quot; means the intent is a head intent. &quot;sys-contextual&quot; means the intent is a contextual intent.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
index 0845d9c..78cc68c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the advertiser. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 240 bytes.
-  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
+  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`, `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
   &quot;generalConfig&quot;: { # General settings of an advertiser. # Required. General settings of the advertiser.
     &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Advertiser&#x27;s currency in ISO 4217 format. Accepted codes and the currencies they represent are: Currency Code : Currency Name * `ARS` : Argentine Peso * `AUD` : Australian Dollar * `BRL` : Brazilian Real * `CAD` : Canadian Dollar * `CHF` : Swiss Franc * `CLP` : Chilean Peso * `CNY` : Chinese Yuan * `COP` : Colombian Peso * `CZK` : Czech Koruna * `DKK` : Danish Krone * `EGP` : Egyption Pound * `EUR` : Euro * `GBP` : British Pound * `HKD` : Hong Kong Dollar * `HUF` : Hungarian Forint * `IDR` : Indonesian Rupiah * `ILS` : Israeli Shekel * `INR` : Indian Rupee * `JPY` : Japanese Yen * `KRW` : South Korean Won * `MXN` : Mexican Pesos * `MYR` : Malaysian Ringgit * `NGN` : Nigerian Naira * `NOK` : Norwegian Krone * `NZD` : New Zealand Dollar * `PEN` : Peruvian Nuevo Sol * `PLN` : Polish Zloty * `RON` : New Romanian Leu * `RUB` : Russian Ruble * `SEK` : Swedish Krona * `TRY` : Turkish Lira * `TWD` : New Taiwan Dollar * `USD` : US Dollar * `ZAR` : South African Rand
     &quot;domainUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain URL of the advertiser&#x27;s primary website. The system will send this information to publishers that require website URL to associate a campaign with an advertiser. Provide a URL with no path or query string, beginning with `http:` or `https:`. For example, http://www.example.com
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the advertiser. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 240 bytes.
-  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
+  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`, `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
   &quot;generalConfig&quot;: { # General settings of an advertiser. # Required. General settings of the advertiser.
     &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Advertiser&#x27;s currency in ISO 4217 format. Accepted codes and the currencies they represent are: Currency Code : Currency Name * `ARS` : Argentine Peso * `AUD` : Australian Dollar * `BRL` : Brazilian Real * `CAD` : Canadian Dollar * `CHF` : Swiss Franc * `CLP` : Chilean Peso * `CNY` : Chinese Yuan * `COP` : Colombian Peso * `CZK` : Czech Koruna * `DKK` : Danish Krone * `EGP` : Egyption Pound * `EUR` : Euro * `GBP` : British Pound * `HKD` : Hong Kong Dollar * `HUF` : Hungarian Forint * `IDR` : Indonesian Rupiah * `ILS` : Israeli Shekel * `INR` : Indian Rupee * `JPY` : Japanese Yen * `KRW` : South Korean Won * `MXN` : Mexican Pesos * `MYR` : Malaysian Ringgit * `NGN` : Nigerian Naira * `NOK` : Norwegian Krone * `NZD` : New Zealand Dollar * `PEN` : Peruvian Nuevo Sol * `PLN` : Polish Zloty * `RON` : New Romanian Leu * `RUB` : Russian Ruble * `SEK` : Swedish Krona * `TRY` : Turkish Lira * `TWD` : New Taiwan Dollar * `USD` : US Dollar * `ZAR` : South African Rand
     &quot;domainUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain URL of the advertiser&#x27;s primary website. The system will send this information to publishers that require website URL to associate a campaign with an advertiser. Provide a URL with no path or query string, beginning with `http:` or `https:`. For example, http://www.example.com
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the advertiser. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 240 bytes.
-  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
+  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`, `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
   &quot;generalConfig&quot;: { # General settings of an advertiser. # Required. General settings of the advertiser.
     &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Advertiser&#x27;s currency in ISO 4217 format. Accepted codes and the currencies they represent are: Currency Code : Currency Name * `ARS` : Argentine Peso * `AUD` : Australian Dollar * `BRL` : Brazilian Real * `CAD` : Canadian Dollar * `CHF` : Swiss Franc * `CLP` : Chilean Peso * `CNY` : Chinese Yuan * `COP` : Colombian Peso * `CZK` : Czech Koruna * `DKK` : Danish Krone * `EGP` : Egyption Pound * `EUR` : Euro * `GBP` : British Pound * `HKD` : Hong Kong Dollar * `HUF` : Hungarian Forint * `IDR` : Indonesian Rupiah * `ILS` : Israeli Shekel * `INR` : Indian Rupee * `JPY` : Japanese Yen * `KRW` : South Korean Won * `MXN` : Mexican Pesos * `MYR` : Malaysian Ringgit * `NGN` : Nigerian Naira * `NOK` : Norwegian Krone * `NZD` : New Zealand Dollar * `PEN` : Peruvian Nuevo Sol * `PLN` : Polish Zloty * `RON` : New Romanian Leu * `RUB` : Russian Ruble * `SEK` : Swedish Krona * `TRY` : Turkish Lira * `TWD` : New Taiwan Dollar * `USD` : US Dollar * `ZAR` : South African Rand
     &quot;domainUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain URL of the advertiser&#x27;s primary website. The system will send this information to publishers that require website URL to associate a campaign with an advertiser. Provide a URL with no path or query string, beginning with `http:` or `https:`. For example, http://www.example.com
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the advertiser. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 240 bytes.
-      &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
+      &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`, `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
       &quot;generalConfig&quot;: { # General settings of an advertiser. # Required. General settings of the advertiser.
         &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Advertiser&#x27;s currency in ISO 4217 format. Accepted codes and the currencies they represent are: Currency Code : Currency Name * `ARS` : Argentine Peso * `AUD` : Australian Dollar * `BRL` : Brazilian Real * `CAD` : Canadian Dollar * `CHF` : Swiss Franc * `CLP` : Chilean Peso * `CNY` : Chinese Yuan * `COP` : Colombian Peso * `CZK` : Czech Koruna * `DKK` : Danish Krone * `EGP` : Egyption Pound * `EUR` : Euro * `GBP` : British Pound * `HKD` : Hong Kong Dollar * `HUF` : Hungarian Forint * `IDR` : Indonesian Rupiah * `ILS` : Israeli Shekel * `INR` : Indian Rupee * `JPY` : Japanese Yen * `KRW` : South Korean Won * `MXN` : Mexican Pesos * `MYR` : Malaysian Ringgit * `NGN` : Nigerian Naira * `NOK` : Norwegian Krone * `NZD` : New Zealand Dollar * `PEN` : Peruvian Nuevo Sol * `PLN` : Polish Zloty * `RON` : New Romanian Leu * `RUB` : Russian Ruble * `SEK` : Swedish Krona * `TRY` : Turkish Lira * `TWD` : New Taiwan Dollar * `USD` : US Dollar * `ZAR` : South African Rand
         &quot;domainUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain URL of the advertiser&#x27;s primary website. The system will send this information to publishers that require website URL to associate a campaign with an advertiser. Provide a URL with no path or query string, beginning with `http:` or `https:`. For example, http://www.example.com
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the advertiser. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 240 bytes.
-  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
+  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`, `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
   &quot;generalConfig&quot;: { # General settings of an advertiser. # Required. General settings of the advertiser.
     &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Advertiser&#x27;s currency in ISO 4217 format. Accepted codes and the currencies they represent are: Currency Code : Currency Name * `ARS` : Argentine Peso * `AUD` : Australian Dollar * `BRL` : Brazilian Real * `CAD` : Canadian Dollar * `CHF` : Swiss Franc * `CLP` : Chilean Peso * `CNY` : Chinese Yuan * `COP` : Colombian Peso * `CZK` : Czech Koruna * `DKK` : Danish Krone * `EGP` : Egyption Pound * `EUR` : Euro * `GBP` : British Pound * `HKD` : Hong Kong Dollar * `HUF` : Hungarian Forint * `IDR` : Indonesian Rupiah * `ILS` : Israeli Shekel * `INR` : Indian Rupee * `JPY` : Japanese Yen * `KRW` : South Korean Won * `MXN` : Mexican Pesos * `MYR` : Malaysian Ringgit * `NGN` : Nigerian Naira * `NOK` : Norwegian Krone * `NZD` : New Zealand Dollar * `PEN` : Peruvian Nuevo Sol * `PLN` : Polish Zloty * `RON` : New Romanian Leu * `RUB` : Russian Ruble * `SEK` : Swedish Krona * `TRY` : Turkish Lira * `TWD` : New Taiwan Dollar * `USD` : US Dollar * `ZAR` : South African Rand
     &quot;domainUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain URL of the advertiser&#x27;s primary website. The system will send this information to publishers that require website URL to associate a campaign with an advertiser. Provide a URL with no path or query string, beginning with `http:` or `https:`. For example, http://www.example.com
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the advertiser. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 240 bytes.
-  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
+  &quot;entityStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Controls whether or not insertion orders and line items of the advertiser can spend their budgets and bid on inventory. * Accepted values are `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`, `ENTITY_STATUS_PAUSED` and `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`. * If set to `ENTITY_STATUS_SCHEDULED_FOR_DELETION`, the advertiser will be deleted 30 days from when it was first scheduled for deletion.
   &quot;generalConfig&quot;: { # General settings of an advertiser. # Required. General settings of the advertiser.
     &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Advertiser&#x27;s currency in ISO 4217 format. Accepted codes and the currencies they represent are: Currency Code : Currency Name * `ARS` : Argentine Peso * `AUD` : Australian Dollar * `BRL` : Brazilian Real * `CAD` : Canadian Dollar * `CHF` : Swiss Franc * `CLP` : Chilean Peso * `CNY` : Chinese Yuan * `COP` : Colombian Peso * `CZK` : Czech Koruna * `DKK` : Danish Krone * `EGP` : Egyption Pound * `EUR` : Euro * `GBP` : British Pound * `HKD` : Hong Kong Dollar * `HUF` : Hungarian Forint * `IDR` : Indonesian Rupiah * `ILS` : Israeli Shekel * `INR` : Indian Rupee * `JPY` : Japanese Yen * `KRW` : South Korean Won * `MXN` : Mexican Pesos * `MYR` : Malaysian Ringgit * `NGN` : Nigerian Naira * `NOK` : Norwegian Krone * `NZD` : New Zealand Dollar * `PEN` : Peruvian Nuevo Sol * `PLN` : Polish Zloty * `RON` : New Romanian Leu * `RUB` : Russian Ruble * `SEK` : Swedish Krona * `TRY` : Turkish Lira * `TWD` : New Taiwan Dollar * `USD` : US Dollar * `ZAR` : South African Rand
     &quot;domainUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The domain URL of the advertiser&#x27;s primary website. The system will send this information to publishers that require website URL to associate a campaign with an advertiser. Provide a URL with no path or query string, beginning with `http:` or `https:`. For example, http://www.example.com
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html
index 2589b65..3eff83c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html
index 63f23e9..5e4b96f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@
       &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
     },
-    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+    &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
       &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
         { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html
index ef5bc85..87a7fff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@
         &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
       },
-      &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+      &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
         &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
           { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html
index b15dc46..6731e29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@
         &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Content data to inspect or redact.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
       },
-      &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
+      &quot;table&quot;: { # Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 `Value`s per request allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-structured-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more. # Structured content for inspection. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/inspecting-text#inspecting_a_table to learn more.
         &quot;headers&quot;: [ # Headers of the table.
           { # General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name describing the field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
index 6dd787e..8cd3353 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 08ad384..6031c1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 33fd958..6fc99bf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
index 5356193..703a0bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -91,6 +91,24 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at "ENABLED" state by default after its creation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes the processor, unloads all deployed model artifacts if it was enabled and then deletes all artifacts associated with this processor.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#disable">disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Disables a processor</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#enable">enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Enables a processor</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all processors which belong to this project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#process">process(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Processes a single document.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -169,6 +187,210 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at &quot;ENABLED&quot; state by default after its creation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+  &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+  &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+  &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+  &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes the processor, unloads all deployed model artifacts if it was enabled and then deletes all artifacts associated with this processor.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="disable">disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Disables a processor
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name to be disabled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the disable processor method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="enable">enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Enables a processor
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The processor resource name to be enabled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the enable processor method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all processors which belong to this project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processors to return. If unspecified, at most 50 processors will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
+  pageToken: string, We will return the processors sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for list processors.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty.
+  &quot;processors&quot;: [ # The list of processors.
+    { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the processor was created.
+      &quot;defaultProcessorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default processor version.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the processor.
+      &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}
+      &quot;processEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the processor.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="process">process(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Processes a single document.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html
index bb3619c..7381663 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
-  filter: string, The standard list filter.
-  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
-  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index aa3902d..5561b43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
-  filter: string, The standard list filter.
-  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
-  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html
index 0a13581..58d5cb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
     { # A list of comments on a file in Google Drive.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # The list of comments. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched.
     { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-      &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+      &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
       &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
         &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A comment on a file in Google Drive.
-  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. See anchor documentation for details on how to define and interpret anchor properties.
+  &quot;anchor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to  Add comments and replies.
   &quot;author&quot;: { # Information about a Drive user. # The author of the comment. The author&#x27;s email address and permission ID will not be populated.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain text displayable name for this user.
     &quot;emailAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
index 89cf895..da1ba44 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@
 <p class="firstline">Generates a set of file IDs which can be provided in insert or copy requests.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a file's metadata by ID.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a file's metadata or content by ID.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get_media">get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a file's metadata by ID.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a file's metadata or content by ID.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#insert">insert(body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, visibility=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Insert a new file.</p>
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a file&#x27;s metadata by ID.
+  <pre>Gets a file&#x27;s metadata or content by ID.
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID for the file in question. (required)
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get_media">get_media(fileId, acknowledgeAbuse=None, includePermissionsForView=None, projection=None, revisionId=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, updateViewedDate=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a file&#x27;s metadata by ID.
+  <pre>Gets a file&#x27;s metadata or content by ID.
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID for the file in question. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
index 8d49ae9..2566e20 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 6f79a87..94630f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5f74682..f4a87c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   includeUnrevealedLocations: boolean, If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index f9a20c2..fcdcd1e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -151,6 +151,7 @@
       &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The instance state.
   &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available.
   &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -273,6 +274,7 @@
       &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The instance state.
   &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available.
   &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -337,6 +339,7 @@
           &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
         },
       ],
+      &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The instance state.
       &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available.
       &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service tier of the instance.
@@ -410,6 +413,7 @@
       &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The instance state.
   &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available.
   &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service tier of the instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index c4818d0..bbefebb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   includeUnrevealedLocations: boolean, If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 40e9d55..dc47e0d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 2a0e29b..ca54a2b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,11 +175,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -234,16 +230,31 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -263,11 +274,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -287,11 +294,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -312,7 +315,26 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -323,11 +345,7 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -359,16 +377,31 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -388,11 +421,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -412,11 +441,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -437,7 +462,26 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -471,11 +515,7 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -563,16 +603,31 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -592,11 +647,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -616,11 +667,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -641,7 +688,26 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -652,11 +718,7 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,16 +750,31 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -717,11 +794,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -741,11 +814,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -766,7 +835,26 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -790,11 +878,7 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -834,11 +918,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -876,11 +956,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -946,11 +1022,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1003,11 +1075,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1117,11 +1185,7 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1169,11 +1233,7 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1207,11 +1267,7 @@
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1264,11 +1320,7 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1354,11 +1406,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,11 +1454,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1444,11 +1488,7 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1493,11 +1533,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1549,11 +1585,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1593,11 +1625,7 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1671,11 +1699,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1723,11 +1747,7 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1761,11 +1781,7 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1809,11 +1825,7 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1870,16 +1882,31 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1899,11 +1926,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1923,11 +1946,7 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1948,7 +1967,26 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1959,11 +1997,7 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1995,16 +2029,31 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2024,11 +2073,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2048,11 +2093,7 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2114,26 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2099,11 +2159,7 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 619c4fa..88fbc13 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   includeUnrevealedLocations: boolean, If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.pipelines.html b/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.pipelines.html
index 94895d9..02aa3c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.pipelines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/genomics_v2alpha1.pipelines.html
@@ -108,6 +108,10 @@
           &quot;cipherText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the cipherText response from the `encrypt` method. This field is intentionally unaudited.
           &quot;keyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud KMS key that will be used to decrypt the secret value. The VM service account must have the required permissions and authentication scopes to invoke the `decrypt` method on the specified key.
         },
+        &quot;encryptedEnvironment&quot;: { # Holds encrypted information that is only decrypted and stored in RAM by the worker VM when running the pipeline. # The encrypted environment to pass into the container. This environment is merged with values specified in the google.genomics.v2alpha1.Pipeline message, overwriting any duplicate values. The secret must decrypt to a JSON-encoded dictionary where key-value pairs serve as environment variable names and their values. The decoded environment variables can overwrite the values specified by the `environment` field.
+          &quot;cipherText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the cipherText response from the `encrypt` method. This field is intentionally unaudited.
+          &quot;keyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud KMS key that will be used to decrypt the secret value. The VM service account must have the required permissions and authentication scopes to invoke the `decrypt` method on the specified key.
+        },
         &quot;entrypoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If specified, overrides the `ENTRYPOINT` specified in the container.
         &quot;environment&quot;: { # The environment to pass into the container. This environment is merged with values specified in the google.genomics.v2alpha1.Pipeline message, overwriting any duplicate values. In addition to the values passed here, a few other values are automatically injected into the environment. These cannot be hidden or overwritten. `GOOGLE_PIPELINE_FAILED` will be set to &quot;1&quot; if the pipeline failed because an action has exited with a non-zero status (and did not have the `IGNORE_EXIT_STATUS` flag set). This can be used to determine if additional debug or logging actions should execute. `GOOGLE_LAST_EXIT_STATUS` will be set to the exit status of the last non-background action that executed. This can be used by workflow engine authors to determine whether an individual action has succeeded or failed.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -134,6 +138,10 @@
         &quot;timeout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum amount of time to give the action to complete. If the action fails to complete before the timeout, it will be terminated and the exit status will be non-zero. The pipeline will continue or terminate based on the rules defined by the `ALWAYS_RUN` and `IGNORE_EXIT_STATUS` flags.
       },
     ],
+    &quot;encryptedEnvironment&quot;: { # Holds encrypted information that is only decrypted and stored in RAM by the worker VM when running the pipeline. # The encrypted environment to pass into every action. Each action can also specify its own encrypted environment. The secret must decrypt to a JSON-encoded dictionary where key-value pairs serve as environment variable names and their values. The decoded environment variables can overwrite the values specified by the `environment` field.
+      &quot;cipherText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the cipherText response from the `encrypt` method. This field is intentionally unaudited.
+      &quot;keyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud KMS key that will be used to decrypt the secret value. The VM service account must have the required permissions and authentication scopes to invoke the `decrypt` method on the specified key.
+    },
     &quot;environment&quot;: { # The environment to pass into every action. Each action can also specify additional environment variables but cannot delete an entry from this map (though they can overwrite it with a different value).
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.features.html
index 5bd8d3a..59fe0eb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.global_.features.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
           &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
             &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 066f6a3..fec5147 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html
index a000617..db65ff0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Inserting instances into a study while a delete operation is running for that study could result in the new instances not appearing in search results until the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
+<p class="firstline">DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a study that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#retrieveMetadata">retrieveMetadata(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">RetrieveStudyMetadata returns instance associated with the given study presented as metadata with the bulk data removed. See [RetrieveTransaction] (http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part18.html#sect_10.4). For details on the implementation of RetrieveStudyMetadata, see [Metadata resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#metadata_resources) in the Cloud Healthcare API conformance statement. For samples that show how to call RetrieveStudyMetadata, see [Retrieving metadata](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#retrieving_metadata).</p>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Inserting instances into a study while a delete operation is running for that study could result in the new instances not appearing in search results until the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
+  <pre>DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a study that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, A parameter (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html
index f0449d3..6c45c2c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Inserting instances into a series while a delete operation is running for that series could result in the new instances not appearing in search results until the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
+<p class="firstline">DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a series that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#retrieveMetadata">retrieveMetadata(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">RetrieveSeriesMetadata returns instance associated with the given study and series, presented as metadata with the bulk data removed. See [RetrieveTransaction] (http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part18.html#sect_10.4). For details on the implementation of RetrieveSeriesMetadata, see [Metadata resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#metadata_resources) in the Cloud Healthcare API conformance statement. For samples that show how to call RetrieveSeriesMetadata, see [Retrieving metadata](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#retrieving_metadata).</p>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Inserting instances into a series while a delete operation is running for that series could result in the new instances not appearing in search results until the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
+  <pre>DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series. Delete requests are equivalent to the GET requests specified in the Retrieve transaction. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a series that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, The name of the DICOM store that is being accessed. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 99171b8..bcfdd8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
       &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
       &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
     },
-    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
   },
   &quot;gcsDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to Cloud Storage. # The Cloud Storage output destination. The Healthcare Service Agent account requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` role on the Cloud Storage location. The exported outputs are organized by FHIR resource types. The server creates one object per resource type. Each object contains newline delimited JSON, and each line is a FHIR resource.
     &quot;uriPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for a Cloud Storage directory where result files should be written, in the format of `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix`.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
               &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
               &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
             },
-            &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+            &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
           },
           &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html
index aaa3d7b..8274e73 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
     &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
     &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the schema format to export.
     &quot;tableUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long, must be of the form bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.tableId.
-    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
   },
   &quot;evalInfoTypeMapping&quot;: { # Optional. InfoType mapping for `eval_store`. Different resources can map to the same infoType. For example, `PERSON_NAME`, `PERSON`, `NAME`, and `HUMAN` are different. To map all of these into a single infoType (such as `PERSON_NAME`), specify the following mapping: ``` info_type_mapping[&quot;PERSON&quot;] = &quot;PERSON_NAME&quot; info_type_mapping[&quot;NAME&quot;] = &quot;PERSON_NAME&quot; info_type_mapping[&quot;HUMAN&quot;] = &quot;PERSON_NAME&quot; ``` Unmentioned infoTypes, such as `DATE`, are treated as identity mapping. For example: ``` info_type_mapping[&quot;DATE&quot;] = &quot;DATE&quot; ``` InfoTypes are case-insensitive.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
     &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
     &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the schema format to export.
     &quot;tableUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long, must be of the form bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.tableId.
-    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
   },
   &quot;gcsDestination&quot;: { # The Cloud Storage location for export. # The Cloud Storage destination, which requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` Cloud IAM role.
     &quot;uriPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Storage destination to export to. URI for a Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html
index 619b55d..8e09b86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: If you insert instances into a study while a delete operation is running for that study, the instances you insert might not appear in search results until after the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
+<p class="firstline">DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a study that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#retrieveMetadata">retrieveMetadata(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">RetrieveStudyMetadata returns instance associated with the given study presented as metadata with the bulk data removed. See [RetrieveTransaction](http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part18.html#sect_10.4). For details on the implementation of RetrieveStudyMetadata, see [Metadata resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#metadata_resources) in the Cloud Healthcare API conformance statement. For samples that show how to call RetrieveStudyMetadata, see [Retrieving metadata](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#retrieving_metadata).</p>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: If you insert instances into a study while a delete operation is running for that study, the instances you insert might not appear in search results until after the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
+  <pre>DeleteStudy deletes all instances within the given study using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a study that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteStudy, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, A parameter (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html
index f286b16..5c3c7f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: If you insert instances into a series while a delete operation is running for that series, the instances you insert might not appear in search results until after the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
+<p class="firstline">DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a series that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#retrieveMetadata">retrieveMetadata(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">RetrieveSeriesMetadata returns instance associated with the given study and series, presented as metadata with the bulk data removed. See [RetrieveTransaction](http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/html/part18.html#sect_10.4). For details on the implementation of RetrieveSeriesMetadata, see [Metadata resources](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#metadata_resources) in the Cloud Healthcare API conformance statement. For samples that show how to call RetrieveSeriesMetadata, see [Retrieving metadata](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#retrieving_metadata).</p>
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(parent, dicomWebPath, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: If you insert instances into a series while a delete operation is running for that series, the instances you insert might not appear in search results until after the deletion operation finishes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
+  <pre>DeleteSeries deletes all instances within the given study and series using a long running operation. The method returns an Operation which will be marked successful when the deletion is complete. Warning: Instances cannot be inserted into a series that is being deleted by an operation until the operation completes. For samples that show how to call DeleteSeries, see [Deleting a study, series, or instance](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/dicomweb#deleting_a_study_series_or_instance).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, The name of the DICOM store that is being accessed. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 8cdb2db..e75dc63 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
       &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
       &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
     },
-    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+    &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
   },
   &quot;gcsDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to Cloud Storage. # The Cloud Storage output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` Cloud IAM roles on the Cloud Storage location. The exported outputs are organized by FHIR resource types. The server creates one object per resource type. Each object contains newline delimited JSON, and each line is a FHIR resource.
     &quot;uriPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for a Cloud Storage directory where result files should be written (in the format `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`). If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix` must exist or an error occurs.
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
               &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
               &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
             },
-            &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+            &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
           },
           &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
           &quot;recursiveStructureDepth&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The depth for all recursive structures in the output analytics schema. For example, `concept` in the CodeSystem resource is a recursive structure; when the depth is 2, the CodeSystem table will have a column called `concept.concept` but not `concept.concept.concept`. If not specified or set to 0, the server will use the default value 2. The maximum depth allowed is 5.
           &quot;schemaType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the output schema type. Schema type is required.
         },
-        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines whether existing tables in the destination dataset are overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
+        &quot;writeDisposition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines if existing data in the destination dataset is overwritten, appended to, or not written if the tables contain data. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored.
       },
       &quot;resourceTypes&quot;: [ # Supply a FHIR resource type (such as &quot;Patient&quot; or &quot;Observation&quot;). See https://www.hl7.org/fhir/valueset-resource-types.html for a list of all FHIR resource types. The server treats an empty list as an intent to stream all the supported resource types in this FHIR store.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index 990335e..e618987 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
 
 ## adsense
 * [v1.4](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/adsense_v1_4.html)
+* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/adsense_v2.html)
 
 
 ## adsensehost
@@ -93,6 +94,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.html)
 
 
+## apikeys
+* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/apikeys_v2.html)
+
+
 ## appengine
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.html)
 * [v1alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/appengine_v1alpha.html)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html
index 0c39209..76116a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3.projects.jobs.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
 { # Input only. Create job request.
   &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Required. The Job to be created.
-    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@
     { # Output only. List jobs response.
   &quot;jobs&quot;: [ # The Jobs for a given company. The maximum number of items returned is based on the limit field provided in the request.
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@
 
 { # Input only. Update job request.
   &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Required. The Job to be updated.
-    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@
         &quot;travelDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of seconds required to travel to the job location from the query location. A duration of 0 seconds indicates that the job is not reachable within the requested duration, but was returned as part of an expanded query.
       },
       &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Job resource that matches the specified SearchJobsRequest.
-        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@
         &quot;travelDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of seconds required to travel to the job location from the query location. A duration of 0 seconds indicates that the job is not reachable within the requested duration, but was returned as part of an expanded query.
       },
       &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Job resource that matches the specified SearchJobsRequest.
-        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html
index 0512399..7397f12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v3p1beta1.projects.jobs.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
 { # Input only. Create job request.
   &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Required. The Job to be created.
-    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@
     { # Output only. List jobs response.
   &quot;jobs&quot;: [ # The Jobs for a given company. The maximum number of items returned is based on the limit field provided in the request.
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@
 
 { # Input only. Update job request.
   &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Required. The Job to be updated.
-    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+    &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@
   },
   &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # Optional. Expression based histogram requests for jobs matching JobQuery.
     { # Input Only. The histogram request.
-      &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;. For example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;])
+      &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;. For example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])
     },
   ],
   &quot;jobQuery&quot;: { # Input only. The query required to perform a search query. # Optional. Query used to search against jobs, such as keyword, location filters, etc.
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@
         &quot;travelDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of seconds required to travel to the job location from the query location. A duration of 0 seconds indicates that the job is not reachable within the requested duration, but was returned as part of an expanded query.
       },
       &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Job resource that matches the specified SearchJobsRequest.
-        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@
   },
   &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # Optional. Expression based histogram requests for jobs matching JobQuery.
     { # Input Only. The histogram request.
-      &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;. For example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;])
+      &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching resources (for example, jobs) for searches. Expression syntax is a aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entity, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entity within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets. For example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive. For example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_id: histogram by [Job.distributor_company_id. * company_display_name: histogram by Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types. For example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_type: histogram by the Job.degree_type. For example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level. For example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs. For example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level. For example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;. For example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude). For example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code. For example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory. For example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationUnit of base salary. For example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * count(admin1) * count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)]) * count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;]) * count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])
     },
   ],
   &quot;jobQuery&quot;: { # Input only. The query required to perform a search query. # Optional. Query used to search against jobs, such as keyword, location filters, etc.
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@
         &quot;travelDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of seconds required to travel to the job location from the query location. A duration of 0 seconds indicates that the job is not reachable within the requested duration, but was returned as part of an expanded query.
       },
       &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Job resource that matches the specified SearchJobsRequest.
-        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Optional but strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, etc.) as multiple jobs with the same company_name, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Required. At least one field within ApplicationInfo must be specified. Job application information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
index 37336bb..cd2825b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/jobs_v4.projects.tenants.jobs.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 { # Request to create a batch of jobs.
   &quot;jobs&quot;: [ # Required. The jobs to be created. A maximum of 200 jobs can be created in a batch.
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
 { # Request to update a batch of jobs.
   &quot;jobs&quot;: [ # Required. The jobs to be updated. A maximum of 200 jobs can be updated in a batch.
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
     { # List jobs response.
   &quot;jobs&quot;: [ # The Jobs for a given company. The maximum number of items returned is based on the limit field provided in the request.
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+      &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job.
-  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+  &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@
   &quot;disableKeywordMatch&quot;: True or False, # Controls whether to disable exact keyword match on Job.title, Job.description, Job.company_display_name, Job.addresses, Job.qualifications. When disable keyword match is turned off, a keyword match returns jobs that do not match given category filters when there are matching keywords. For example, for the query &quot;program manager,&quot; a result is returned even if the job posting has the title &quot;software developer,&quot; which doesn&#x27;t fall into &quot;program manager&quot; ontology, but does have &quot;program manager&quot; appearing in its description. For queries like &quot;cloud&quot; that don&#x27;t contain title or location specific ontology, jobs with &quot;cloud&quot; keyword matches are returned regardless of this flag&#x27;s value. Use Company.keyword_searchable_job_custom_attributes if company-specific globally matched custom field/attribute string values are needed. Enabling keyword match improves recall of subsequent search requests. Defaults to false.
   &quot;diversificationLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether highly similar jobs are returned next to each other in the search results. Jobs are identified as highly similar based on their titles, job categories, and locations. Highly similar results are clustered so that only one representative job of the cluster is displayed to the job seeker higher up in the results, with the other jobs being displayed lower down in the results. Defaults to DiversificationLevel.SIMPLE if no value is specified.
   &quot;enableBroadening&quot;: True or False, # Controls whether to broaden the search when it produces sparse results. Broadened queries append results to the end of the matching results list. Defaults to false.
-  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;])`
+  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])`
     { # The histogram request.
       &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs for searches. See SearchJobsRequest.histogram_queries for details about syntax.
     },
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@
         &quot;travelDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of seconds required to travel to the job location from the query location. A duration of 0 seconds indicates that the job isn&#x27;t reachable within the requested duration, but was returned as part of an expanded query.
       },
       &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Job resource that matches the specified SearchJobsRequest.
-        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@
   &quot;disableKeywordMatch&quot;: True or False, # Controls whether to disable exact keyword match on Job.title, Job.description, Job.company_display_name, Job.addresses, Job.qualifications. When disable keyword match is turned off, a keyword match returns jobs that do not match given category filters when there are matching keywords. For example, for the query &quot;program manager,&quot; a result is returned even if the job posting has the title &quot;software developer,&quot; which doesn&#x27;t fall into &quot;program manager&quot; ontology, but does have &quot;program manager&quot; appearing in its description. For queries like &quot;cloud&quot; that don&#x27;t contain title or location specific ontology, jobs with &quot;cloud&quot; keyword matches are returned regardless of this flag&#x27;s value. Use Company.keyword_searchable_job_custom_attributes if company-specific globally matched custom field/attribute string values are needed. Enabling keyword match improves recall of subsequent search requests. Defaults to false.
   &quot;diversificationLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether highly similar jobs are returned next to each other in the search results. Jobs are identified as highly similar based on their titles, job categories, and locations. Highly similar results are clustered so that only one representative job of the cluster is displayed to the job seeker higher up in the results, with the other jobs being displayed lower down in the results. Defaults to DiversificationLevel.SIMPLE if no value is specified.
   &quot;enableBroadening&quot;: True or False, # Controls whether to broaden the search when it produces sparse results. Broadened queries append results to the end of the matching results list. Defaults to false.
-  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;])`
+  &quot;histogramQueries&quot;: [ # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs. Expression syntax is an aggregation function call with histogram facets and other options. Available aggregation function calls are: * `count(string_histogram_facet)`: Count the number of matching entities, for each distinct attribute value. * `count(numeric_histogram_facet, list of buckets)`: Count the number of matching entities within each bucket. Data types: * Histogram facet: facet names with format a-zA-Z+. * String: string like &quot;any string with backslash escape for quote(\&quot;).&quot; * Number: whole number and floating point number like 10, -1 and -0.01. * List: list of elements with comma(,) separator surrounded by square brackets, for example, [1, 2, 3] and [&quot;one&quot;, &quot;two&quot;, &quot;three&quot;]. Built-in constants: * MIN (minimum number similar to java Double.MIN_VALUE) * MAX (maximum number similar to java Double.MAX_VALUE) Built-in functions: * bucket(start, end[, label]): bucket built-in function creates a bucket with range of start, end). Note that the end is exclusive, for example, bucket(1, MAX, &quot;positive number&quot;) or bucket(1, 10). Job histogram facets: * company_display_name: histogram by [Job.company_display_name. * employment_type: histogram by Job.employment_types, for example, &quot;FULL_TIME&quot;, &quot;PART_TIME&quot;. * company_size: histogram by CompanySize, for example, &quot;SMALL&quot;, &quot;MEDIUM&quot;, &quot;BIG&quot;. * publish_time_in_month: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in months. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * publish_time_in_year: histogram by the Job.posting_publish_time in years. Must specify list of numeric buckets in spec. * degree_types: histogram by the Job.degree_types, for example, &quot;Bachelors&quot;, &quot;Masters&quot;. * job_level: histogram by the Job.job_level, for example, &quot;Entry Level&quot;. * country: histogram by the country code of jobs, for example, &quot;US&quot;, &quot;FR&quot;. * admin1: histogram by the admin1 code of jobs, which is a global placeholder referring to the state, province, or the particular term a country uses to define the geographic structure below the country level, for example, &quot;CA&quot;, &quot;IL&quot;. * city: histogram by a combination of the &quot;city name, admin1 code&quot;. For example, &quot;Mountain View, CA&quot;, &quot;New York, NY&quot;. * admin1_country: histogram by a combination of the &quot;admin1 code, country&quot;, for example, &quot;CA, US&quot;, &quot;IL, US&quot;. * city_coordinate: histogram by the city center&#x27;s GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude), for example, 37.4038522,-122.0987765. Since the coordinates of a city center can change, customers may need to refresh them periodically. * locale: histogram by the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en-US&quot;, &quot;fr-FR&quot;. * language: histogram by the language subtag of the Job.language_code, for example, &quot;en&quot;, &quot;fr&quot;. * category: histogram by the JobCategory, for example, &quot;COMPUTER_AND_IT&quot;, &quot;HEALTHCARE&quot;. * base_compensation_unit: histogram by the CompensationInfo.CompensationUnit of base salary, for example, &quot;WEEKLY&quot;, &quot;MONTHLY&quot;. * base_compensation: histogram by the base salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_base_compensation: histogram by the base annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * annualized_total_compensation: histogram by the total annualized salary. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. * string_custom_attribute: histogram by string Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like string_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. * numeric_custom_attribute: histogram by numeric Job.custom_attributes. Values can be accessed via square bracket notations like numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;key1&quot;]. Must specify list of numeric buckets to group results by. Example expressions: * `count(admin1)` * `count(base_compensation, [bucket(1000, 10000), bucket(10000, 100000), bucket(100000, MAX)])` * `count(string_custom_attribute[&quot;some-string-custom-attribute&quot;])` * `count(numeric_custom_attribute[&quot;some-numeric-custom-attribute&quot;], [bucket(MIN, 0, &quot;negative&quot;), bucket(0, MAX, &quot;non-negative&quot;)])`
     { # The histogram request.
       &quot;histogramQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expression specifies a histogram request against matching jobs for searches. See SearchJobsRequest.histogram_queries for details about syntax.
     },
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@
         &quot;travelDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of seconds required to travel to the job location from the query location. A duration of 0 seconds indicates that the job isn&#x27;t reachable within the requested duration, but was returned as part of an expanded query.
       },
       &quot;job&quot;: { # A Job resource represents a job posting (also referred to as a &quot;job listing&quot; or &quot;job requisition&quot;). A job belongs to a Company, which is the hiring entity responsible for the job. # Job resource that matches the specified SearchJobsRequest.
-        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
+        &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # Strongly recommended for the best service experience. Location(s) where the employer is looking to hire for this job posting. Specifying the full street address(es) of the hiring location enables better API results, especially job searches by commute time. At most 50 locations are allowed for best search performance. If a job has more locations, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with unique requisition_ids (e.g. &#x27;ReqA&#x27; becomes &#x27;ReqA-1&#x27;, &#x27;ReqA-2&#x27;, and so on.) as multiple jobs with the same company, language_code and requisition_id are not allowed. If the original requisition_id must be preserved, a custom field should be used for storage. It is also suggested to group the locations that close to each other in the same job for better search experience. Jobs with multiple addresses must have their addresses with the same LocationType to allow location filtering to work properly. (For example, a Job with addresses &quot;1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA, USA&quot; and &quot;London, UK&quot; may not have location filters applied correctly at search time since the first is a LocationType.STREET_ADDRESS and the second is a LocationType.LOCALITY.) If a job needs to have multiple addresses, it is suggested to split it into multiple jobs with same LocationTypes. The maximum number of allowed characters is 500.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;applicationInfo&quot;: { # Application related details of a job posting. # Job application information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html
index 6bbdbf5..4e276e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html
index 7e1dea5..447deb5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
 
 Args:
-  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; [LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot;. For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;.For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
   <pre>Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts. Only logs that have entries are listed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot;  (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
-  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_IDTo support legacy queries, it could also be: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID&quot; &quot;organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID&quot; &quot;folders/FOLDER_ID&quot; (repeated)
+  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]To support legacy queries, it could also be: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index 2f24773..820e77f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
   &quot;projectIds&quot;: [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use resource_names instead. One or more project identifiers or project numbers from which to retrieve log entries. Example: &quot;my-project-1A&quot;.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;resourceNames&quot;: [ # Required. Names of one or more parent resources from which to retrieve log entries: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; May alternatively be one or more views projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_IDProjects listed in the project_ids field are added to this list.
+  &quot;resourceNames&quot;: [ # Required. Names of one or more parent resources from which to retrieve log entries: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]May alternatively be one or more views: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]Projects listed in the project_ids field are added to this list.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
 }
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
 { # The parameters to TailLogEntries.
   &quot;bufferWindow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The amount of time to buffer log entries at the server before being returned to prevent out of order results due to late arriving log entries. Valid values are between 0-60000 milliseconds. Defaults to 2000 milliseconds.
   &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Filters (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced_filters). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of the filter is 20000 characters.
-  &quot;resourceNames&quot;: [ # Required. Name of a parent resource from which to retrieve log entries: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; May alternatively be one or more views: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID&quot; &quot;organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID&quot; &quot;folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID&quot;
+  &quot;resourceNames&quot;: [ # Required. Name of a parent resource from which to retrieve log entries: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]May alternatively be one or more views: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
 }
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Default labels that are added to the labels field of all log entries in entries. If a log entry already has a label with the same key as a label in this parameter, then the log entry&#x27;s label is not changed. See LogEntry.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;logName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A default log resource name that is assigned to all log entries in entries that do not specify a value for log_name: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; [LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot; &quot;organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot; The permission logging.logEntries.create is needed on each project, organization, billing account, or folder that is receiving new log entries, whether the resource is specified in logName or in an individual log entry.
+  &quot;logName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A default log resource name that is assigned to all log entries in entries that do not specify a value for log_name: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot; &quot;organizations/123/logs/cloudaudit.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot; The permission logging.logEntries.create is needed on each project, organization, billing account, or folder that is receiving new log entries, whether the resource is specified in logName or in an individual log entry.
   &quot;partialSuccess&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether valid entries should be written even if some other entries fail due to INVALID_ARGUMENT or PERMISSION_DENIED errors. If any entry is not written, then the response status is the error associated with one of the failed entries and the response includes error details keyed by the entries&#x27; zero-based index in the entries.write method.
   &quot;resource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # Optional. A default monitored resource object that is assigned to all log entries in entries that do not specify a value for resource. Example: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;00000000000000000000&quot; }} See LogEntry.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html
index 7ff54b7..d94bd35 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html
index fc6357f..a390b12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
 
 Args:
-  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; [LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot;. For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;.For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
   <pre>Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts. Only logs that have entries are listed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot;  (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
-  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_IDTo support legacy queries, it could also be: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID&quot; &quot;organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID&quot; &quot;folders/FOLDER_ID&quot; (repeated)
+  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]To support legacy queries, it could also be: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html
index 302ee19..fbc439e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html
index 12b10dc..b68eb2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
 
 Args:
-  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; [LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot;. For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;.For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
   <pre>Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts. Only logs that have entries are listed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot;  (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
-  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_IDTo support legacy queries, it could also be: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID&quot; &quot;organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID&quot; &quot;folders/FOLDER_ID&quot; (repeated)
+  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]To support legacy queries, it could also be: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html
index 665b572..ced3a5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html
index a74cd73..878a359 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
 
 Args:
-  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; [LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot;. For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;.For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
   <pre>Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts. Only logs that have entries are listed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot;  (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
-  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_IDTo support legacy queries, it could also be: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID&quot; &quot;organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID&quot; &quot;folders/FOLDER_ID&quot; (repeated)
+  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]To support legacy queries, it could also be: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html
index b18b921..ee7fbd9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html
index e67ddac..da288b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.logs.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes all the log entries in a log for the _Default Log Bucket. The log reappears if it receives new entries. Log entries written shortly before the delete operation might not be deleted. Entries received after the delete operation with a timestamp before the operation will be deleted.
 
 Args:
-  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; [LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity&quot;. For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
+  logName: string, Required. The resource name of the log to delete: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID][LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example, &quot;projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog&quot;.For more information about log names, see LogEntry. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
   <pre>Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts. Only logs that have entries are listed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot;  (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
-  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID organization/ORGANIZATION_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_ID folders/FOLDER_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/buckets/BUCKET_ID/views/VIEW_IDTo support legacy queries, it could also be: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID&quot; &quot;organizations/ORGANIZATION_ID&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID&quot; &quot;folders/FOLDER_ID&quot; (repeated)
+  resourceNames: string, Optional. The resource name that owns the logs: projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]To support legacy queries, it could also be: projects/[PROJECT_ID] organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID] billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID] folders/[FOLDER_ID] (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 9108fe1..f988bee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html
index 3885f15..eb687ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a new Backup in a given project and location.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new backup in a given project and location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes a single backup.</p>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a new Backup in a given project and location.
+  <pre>Creates a new backup in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 5d02d3e..611d4c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in AIP-160 (https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the next_page_token field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
index 15a33c9..66ba7c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a new Backup in a given project and location.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new backup in a given project and location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes a single backup.</p>
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a new Backup in a given project and location.
+  <pre>Creates a new backup in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The relative resource name of the service in which to create a backup of the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index 138213c..83a8670 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
     &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
         &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
           &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -168,6 +168,14 @@
               &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
             },
             &quot;causesDrop&quot;: True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+            &quot;cloudSqlInstance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display info of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;networkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if instance does not have one.
+              &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+              &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+            },
             &quot;deliver&quot;: { # Details of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and associated resource. # Display info of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and reason.
               &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
               &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
@@ -215,6 +223,12 @@
               &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
               &quot;vip&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # VIP of the forwarding rule.
             },
+            &quot;gkeMaster&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. # Display info of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              &quot;clusterNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster network.
+              &quot;clusterUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster.
+              &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+            },
             &quot;instance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display info of a Compute Engine instance.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -413,7 +427,7 @@
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
     &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
         &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
           &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -430,6 +444,14 @@
               &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
             },
             &quot;causesDrop&quot;: True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+            &quot;cloudSqlInstance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display info of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;networkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if instance does not have one.
+              &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+              &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+            },
             &quot;deliver&quot;: { # Details of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and associated resource. # Display info of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and reason.
               &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
               &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
@@ -477,6 +499,12 @@
               &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
               &quot;vip&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # VIP of the forwarding rule.
             },
+            &quot;gkeMaster&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. # Display info of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              &quot;clusterNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster network.
+              &quot;clusterUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster.
+              &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+            },
             &quot;instance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display info of a Compute Engine instance.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -666,7 +694,7 @@
         },
         &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
         &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
             &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
               &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
               &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -683,6 +711,14 @@
                   &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
                 },
                 &quot;causesDrop&quot;: True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+                &quot;cloudSqlInstance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display info of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                  &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+                  &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+                  &quot;networkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if instance does not have one.
+                  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+                  &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+                },
                 &quot;deliver&quot;: { # Details of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and associated resource. # Display info of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and reason.
                   &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
                   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
@@ -730,6 +766,12 @@
                   &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
                   &quot;vip&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # VIP of the forwarding rule.
                 },
+                &quot;gkeMaster&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. # Display info of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+                  &quot;clusterNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster network.
+                  &quot;clusterUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster.
+                  &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+                  &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+                },
                 &quot;instance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display info of a Compute Engine instance.
                   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
                   &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of the network interface.
@@ -878,7 +920,7 @@
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
     &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
         &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
           &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -895,6 +937,14 @@
               &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that caused the abort.
             },
             &quot;causesDrop&quot;: True or False, # This is a step that leads to the final state Drop.
+            &quot;cloudSqlInstance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Cloud SQL instance. # Display info of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of Cloud SQL instance.
+              &quot;networkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance network or empty string if instance does not have one.
+              &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Region in which the Cloud SQL instance is running.
+              &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Cloud SQL instance.
+            },
             &quot;deliver&quot;: { # Details of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and associated resource. # Display info of the final state &quot;deliver&quot; and reason.
               &quot;resourceUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the resource that the packet is delivered to.
               &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target type where the packet is delivered to.
@@ -942,6 +992,12 @@
               &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Compute Engine forwarding rule.
               &quot;vip&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # VIP of the forwarding rule.
             },
+            &quot;gkeMaster&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master. # Display info of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              &quot;clusterNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster network.
+              &quot;clusterUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster.
+              &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+              &quot;internalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal IP address of a Google Kubernetes Engine cluster master.
+            },
             &quot;instance&quot;: { # For display only. Metadata associated with a Compute Engine instance. # Display info of a Compute Engine instance.
               &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of a Compute Engine instance.
               &quot;externalIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External IP address of the network interface.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
index cd2a2d5..df889df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index 725d7f9..be3f628 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
     &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
         &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
           &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
     &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
         &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
           &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
         },
         &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
         &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+          { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
             &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
               &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
               &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The overall result of the test&#x27;s configuration analysis.
     &quot;traces&quot;: [ # Result may contain a list of traces if a test has multiple possible paths in the network, such as when destination endpoint is a load balancer with multiple backends.
-      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered Steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
+      { # Trace represents one simulated packet forwarding path. * Each trace contains multiple ordered steps. * Each step is in a particular state with associated configuration. * State is categorized as final or non-final states. * Each final state has a reason associated. * Each trace must end with a final state (the last step). ``` |---------------------Trace----------------------| Step1(State) Step2(State) --- StepN(State(final)) ```
         &quot;endpointInfo&quot;: { # For display only. The specification of the endpoints for the test. EndpointInfo is derived from source and destination Endpoint and validated by the backend data plane model. # Derived from the source and destination endpoints definition, and validated by the data plane model. If there are multiple traces starting from different source locations, then the endpoint_info may be different between traces.
           &quot;destinationIp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Destination IP address.
           &quot;destinationNetworkUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI of the network where this packet is sent to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index e29badd..f9027d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.html
index 484cdd5..54f2612 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
index 34aa086..69eff58 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
       &quot;os&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS affected by a vulnerability This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
       &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the OS This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
       &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package being analysed for vulnerabilities
-      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The projectId of the package to which this data belongs. Most of Drydock&#x27;s code does not set or use this field. This is added specifically so we can group packages by projects and decide whether or not to apply NVD data to the packages belonging to a specific project.
+      &quot;unused&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package being analysed
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html
index bd857e0..65f3d03 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
       &quot;os&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS affected by a vulnerability This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
       &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the OS This field is deprecated and the information is in cpe_uri
       &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package being analysed for vulnerabilities
-      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The projectId of the package to which this data belongs. Most of Drydock&#x27;s code does not set or use this field. This is added specifically so we can group packages by projects and decide whether or not to apply NVD data to the packages belonging to a specific project.
+      &quot;unused&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package being analysed
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
index 737e56d..14c8aaf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
   systemId: string, A system ID for filtering the results of the request.
   view: string, The view configures whether to retrieve security keys information.
     Allowed values
-      VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default login profile view. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
+      LOGIN_PROFILE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default login profile view. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
       BASIC - Includes POSIX and SSH key information.
       SECURITY_KEY - Include security key information for the user.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
   projectId: string, The project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project.
   view: string, The view configures whether to retrieve security keys information.
     Allowed values
-      VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default login profile view. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
+      LOGIN_PROFILE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default login profile view. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
       BASIC - Includes POSIX and SSH key information.
       SECURITY_KEY - Include security key information for the user.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
index 46305c5..f6562ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
@@ -1829,6 +1829,7 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
+  &quot;totalSize&quot;: 42, # The total number of other contacts in the list without pagination.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1851,7 +1852,7 @@
   <pre>Provides a list of contacts in the authenticated user&#x27;s other contacts that matches the search query. The query matches on a contact&#x27;s `names`, `emailAddresses`, and `phoneNumbers` fields that are from the OTHER_CONTACT source.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0. Values greater than 10 will be capped to 10.
   query: string, Required. The plain-text query for the request. The query is used to match prefix phrases of the fields on a person. For example, a person with name &quot;foo name&quot; matches queries such as &quot;f&quot;, &quot;fo&quot;, &quot;foo&quot;, &quot;foo n&quot;, &quot;nam&quot;, etc., but not &quot;oo n&quot;.
   readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * names * phoneNumbers
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
index 5cf94de..65c67c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
@@ -8858,7 +8858,7 @@
   <pre>Provides a list of contacts in the authenticated user&#x27;s grouped contacts that matches the search query. The query matches on a contact&#x27;s `names`, `nickNames`, `emailAddresses`, `phoneNumbers`, and `organizations` fields that are from the CONTACT&quot; source.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of results to return. Defaults to 10 if field is not set, or set to 0. Values greater than 10 will be capped to 10.
   query: string, Required. The plain-text query for the request. The query is used to match prefix phrases of the fields on a person. For example, a person with name &quot;foo name&quot; matches queries such as &quot;f&quot;, &quot;fo&quot;, &quot;foo&quot;, &quot;foo n&quot;, &quot;nam&quot;, etc., but not &quot;oo n&quot;.
   readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
   sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT if not set. (repeated)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html
index 9574127..855fb5c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
   <pre>Creates a catalog item.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent catalog resource name, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent catalog resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes a catalog item.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Full resource name of catalog item, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/catalogItems/some_catalog_item_id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of catalog item, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/catalogItems/some_catalog_item_id`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a specific catalog item.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Full resource name of catalog item, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/catalogitems/some_catalog_item_id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of catalog item, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/catalogitems/some_catalog_item_id`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
   <pre>Bulk import of multiple catalog items. Request processing may be synchronous. No partial updating supported. Non-existing items will be created. Operation.response is of type ImportResponse. Note that it is possible for a subset of the items to be successfully updated.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. &quot;projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog&quot; If no updateMask is specified, requires catalogItems.create permission. If updateMask is specified, requires catalogItems.update permission. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. `projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog` If no updateMask is specified, requires catalogItems.create permission. If updateMask is specified, requires catalogItems.update permission. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # Google Cloud Storage location for input content. format. # Google Cloud Storage location for the input content.
-      &quot;inputUris&quot;: [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs to input files. URI can be up to 2000 characters long. URIs can match the full object path (for example, gs://bucket/directory/object.json) or a pattern matching one or more files, such as gs://bucket/directory/*.json. A request can contain at most 100 files, and each file can be up to 2 GB. See [Importing catalog information](/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog) for the expected file format and setup instructions.
+      &quot;inputUris&quot;: [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs to input files. URI can be up to 2000 characters long. URIs can match the full object path (for example, `gs://bucket/directory/object.json`) or a pattern matching one or more files, such as `gs://bucket/directory/*.json`. A request can contain at most 100 files, and each file can be up to 2 GB. See [Importing catalog information](/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog) for the expected file format and setup instructions.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;jsonSchema&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for catalog imports: 1: &quot;catalog_recommendations_ai&quot; using https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#json (Default for catalogItems.import) 2: &quot;catalog_merchant_center&quot; using https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc Supported values for user events imports: 1: &quot;user_events_recommendations_ai&quot; using https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/manage-user-events#import (Default for userEvents.import) 2. &quot;user_events_ga360&quot; using https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719?hl=en
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a list of catalog items.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent catalog resource name, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent catalog resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog`. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. A filter to apply on the list results.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return per page. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The previous ListCatalogItemsResponse.next_page_token.
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
   <pre>Updates a catalog item. Partial updating is supported. Non-existing items will be created.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Full resource name of catalog item, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/catalogItems/some_catalog_item_id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of catalog item, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/catalogItems/some_catalog_item_id`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.placements.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.placements.html
index b3fe461..a24feb6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.placements.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
   <pre>Makes a recommendation prediction. If using API Key based authentication, the API Key must be registered using the PredictionApiKeyRegistry service. [Learn more](https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/setting-up#register-key).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: {name=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store/placements/*} The id of the recommendation engine placement. This id is used to identify the set of models that will be used to make the prediction. We currently support three placements with the following IDs by default: * `shopping_cart`: Predicts items frequently bought together with one or more catalog items in the same shopping session. Commonly displayed after `add-to-cart` events, on product detail pages, or on the shopping cart page. * `home_page`: Predicts the next product that a user will most likely engage with or purchase based on the shopping or viewing history of the specified `userId` or `visitorId`. For example - Recommendations for you. * `product_detail`: Predicts the next product that a user will most likely engage with or purchase. The prediction is based on the shopping or viewing history of the specified `userId` or `visitorId` and its relevance to a specified `CatalogItem`. Typically used on product detail pages. For example - More items like this. * `recently_viewed_default`: Returns up to 75 items recently viewed by the specified `userId` or `visitorId`, most recent ones first. Returns nothing if neither of them has viewed any items yet. For example - Recently viewed. The full list of available placements can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/recommendation/datafeeds/default_catalog/dashboard (required)
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of the format: `{name=projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store/placements/*}` The id of the recommendation engine placement. This id is used to identify the set of models that will be used to make the prediction. We currently support three placements with the following IDs by default: * `shopping_cart`: Predicts items frequently bought together with one or more catalog items in the same shopping session. Commonly displayed after `add-to-cart` events, on product detail pages, or on the shopping cart page. * `home_page`: Predicts the next product that a user will most likely engage with or purchase based on the shopping or viewing history of the specified `userId` or `visitorId`. For example - Recommendations for you. * `product_detail`: Predicts the next product that a user will most likely engage with or purchase. The prediction is based on the shopping or viewing history of the specified `userId` or `visitorId` and its relevance to a specified `CatalogItem`. Typically used on product detail pages. For example - More items like this. * `recently_viewed_default`: Returns up to 75 items recently viewed by the specified `userId` or `visitorId`, most recent ones first. Returns nothing if neither of them has viewed any items yet. For example - Recently viewed. The full list of available placements can be seen at https://console.cloud.google.com/recommendation/datafeeds/default_catalog/dashboard (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.predictionApiKeyRegistrations.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.predictionApiKeyRegistrations.html
index 9812564..4acce4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.predictionApiKeyRegistrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.predictionApiKeyRegistrations.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
   <pre>Register an API key for use with predict method.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path. &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource path. `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
   <pre>Unregister an apiKey from using for predict method.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The API key to unregister including full resource path. &quot;projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store/predictionApiKeyRegistrations/&quot; (required)
+  name: string, Required. The API key to unregister including full resource path. `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store/predictionApiKeyRegistrations/` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
   <pre>List the registered apiKeys for use with predict method.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent placement resource name such as &quot;projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent placement resource name such as `projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return per page. If unset, the service will choose a reasonable default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The previous `ListPredictionApiKeyRegistration.nextPageToken`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html
index f337eca..19ef5fc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
   <pre>Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a 3rd party domain. This method is used only by the Recommendations AI JavaScript pixel. Users should not call this method directly.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent eventStore name, such as &quot;projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent eventStore name, such as `projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store`. (required)
   ets: string, Optional. The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.
   uri: string, Optional. The url including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment. The URL must be truncated to 1.5K bytes to conservatively be under the 2K bytes. This is often more useful than the referer url, because many browsers only send the domain for 3rd party requests.
   userEvent: string, Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
   <pre>Bulk import of User events. Request processing might be synchronous. Events that already exist are skipped. Use this method for backfilling historical user events. Operation.response is of type ImportResponse. Note that it is possible for a subset of the items to be successfully inserted. Operation.metadata is of type ImportMetadata.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. &quot;projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. `projects/1234/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # Google Cloud Storage location for input content. format. # Google Cloud Storage location for the input content.
-      &quot;inputUris&quot;: [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs to input files. URI can be up to 2000 characters long. URIs can match the full object path (for example, gs://bucket/directory/object.json) or a pattern matching one or more files, such as gs://bucket/directory/*.json. A request can contain at most 100 files, and each file can be up to 2 GB. See [Importing catalog information](/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog) for the expected file format and setup instructions.
+      &quot;inputUris&quot;: [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URIs to input files. URI can be up to 2000 characters long. URIs can match the full object path (for example, `gs://bucket/directory/object.json`) or a pattern matching one or more files, such as `gs://bucket/directory/*.json`. A request can contain at most 100 files, and each file can be up to 2 GB. See [Importing catalog information](/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog) for the expected file format and setup instructions.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;jsonSchema&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for catalog imports: 1: &quot;catalog_recommendations_ai&quot; using https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#json (Default for catalogItems.import) 2: &quot;catalog_merchant_center&quot; using https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc Supported values for user events imports: 1: &quot;user_events_recommendations_ai&quot; using https://cloud.google.com/recommendations-ai/docs/manage-user-events#import (Default for userEvents.import) 2. &quot;user_events_ga360&quot; using https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719?hl=en
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a list of user events within a time range, with potential filtering. The method does not list unjoined user events. Unjoined user event definition: when a user event is ingested from Recommendations AI User Event APIs, the catalog item included in the user event is connected with the current catalog. If a catalog item of the ingested event is not in the current catalog, it could lead to degraded model quality. This is called an unjoined event.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent eventStore resource name, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent eventStore resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store`. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filtering expression to specify restrictions over returned events. This is a sequence of terms, where each term applies some kind of a restriction to the returned user events. Use this expression to restrict results to a specific time range, or filter events by eventType. eg: eventTime &gt; &quot;2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z&quot; eventsMissingCatalogItems eventTime&lt;&quot;2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z&quot; eventType=search We expect only 3 types of fields: * eventTime: this can be specified a maximum of 2 times, once with a less than operator and once with a greater than operator. The eventTime restrict should result in one contiguous valid eventTime range. * eventType: only 1 eventType restriction can be specified. * eventsMissingCatalogItems: specififying this will restrict results to events for which catalog items were not found in the catalog. The default behavior is to return only those events for which catalog items were found. Some examples of valid filters expressions: * Example 1: eventTime &gt; &quot;2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z&quot; eventTime &lt; &quot;2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z&quot; * Example 2: eventTime &gt; &quot;2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z&quot; eventType = detail-page-view * Example 3: eventsMissingCatalogItems eventType = search eventTime &lt; &quot;2018-04-23T18:30:43.511Z&quot; * Example 4: eventTime &gt; &quot;2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z&quot; * Example 5: eventType = search * Example 6: eventsMissingCatalogItems
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return per page. If zero, the service will choose a reasonable default.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The previous ListUserEventsResponse.next_page_token.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes permanently all user events specified by the filter provided. Depending on the number of events specified by the filter, this operation could take hours or days to complete. To test a filter, use the list command first.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the event_store under which the events are created. The format is &quot;projects/${projectId}/locations/global/catalogs/${catalogId}/eventStores/${eventStoreId}&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the event_store under which the events are created. The format is `projects/${projectId}/locations/global/catalogs/${catalogId}/eventStores/${eventStoreId}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
   <pre>Triggers a user event rejoin operation with latest catalog data. Events will not be annotated with detailed catalog information if catalog item is missing at the time the user event is ingested, and these events are stored as unjoined events with a limited usage on training and serving. This API can be used to trigger a &#x27;join&#x27; operation on specified events with latest version of catalog items. It can also be used to correct events joined with wrong catalog items.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of user event, such as &quot;projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of user event, such as `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/default_catalog/eventStores/default_event_store`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index d8e0396..9eb0b4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Lists insights for a Cloud project. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types.) (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: state Eg: `state:&quot;DISMISSED&quot; or state:&quot;ACTIVE&quot;
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index 60c1f86..fb59a2f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Lists insights for a Cloud project. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types.) (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: state Eg: `state:&quot;DISMISSED&quot; or state:&quot;ACTIVE&quot;
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index 53c102c..1ba0f56 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Lists insights for a Cloud project. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types.) (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: state Eg: `state:&quot;DISMISSED&quot; or state:&quot;ACTIVE&quot;
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
index e33abd1..4a3b1b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.insightTypes.insights.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Lists insights for a Cloud project. Requires the recommender.*.list IAM permission for the specified insight type.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types.) (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: 1. `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 2. `billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 3. `folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` 4. `organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ INSIGHT_TYPE_ID refers to supported insight types: https://cloud.google.com/recommender/docs/insights/insight-types. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the insights returned. Supported filter fields: state Eg: `state:&quot;DISMISSED&quot; or state:&quot;ACTIVE&quot;
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. If not specified, the server will determine the number of results to return.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, retrieves the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters must be identical to those in the previous call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
index 2d1ecde..cf37573 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
index 4fd9e46..1b85a75 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change. Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for experimental, non-GA interfaces.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for an API. Example for an API targeted for external use: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
+        &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for API methods provided by an API service. Example: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth - selector: google.calendar.Delegate oauth: canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
           &quot;providers&quot;: [ # Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
             { # Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).
               &quot;audiences&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, JWTs with audiences: - &quot;https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]&quot; - &quot;https://[service.name]/&quot; will be accepted. For example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following audiences: - https://library-example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService - https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change. Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for experimental, non-GA interfaces.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for an API. Example for an API targeted for external use: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
+    &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for API methods provided by an API service. Example: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth - selector: google.calendar.Delegate oauth: canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
       &quot;providers&quot;: [ # Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
         { # Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).
           &quot;audiences&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, JWTs with audiences: - &quot;https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]&quot; - &quot;https://[service.name]/&quot; will be accepted. For example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following audiences: - https://library-example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService - https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change. Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for experimental, non-GA interfaces.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for an API. Example for an API targeted for external use: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
+        &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for API methods provided by an API service. Example: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth - selector: google.calendar.Delegate oauth: canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
           &quot;providers&quot;: [ # Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
             { # Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).
               &quot;audiences&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, JWTs with audiences: - &quot;https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]&quot; - &quot;https://[service.name]/&quot; will be accepted. For example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following audiences: - https://library-example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService - https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html
index 9aeb0f4..cbb7d47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a summary of quota information for a specific quota metric</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#importAdminOverrides">importAdminOverrides(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create or update multiple admin overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates or updates multiple admin overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#importConsumerOverrides">importConsumerOverrides(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create or update multiple consumer overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates or updates multiple consumer overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a summary of all quota information visible to the service consumer, organized by service metric. Each metric includes information about all of its defined limits. Each limit includes the limit configuration (quota unit, preciseness, default value), the current effective limit value, and all of the overrides applied to the limit.</p>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
   <pre>Retrieves a summary of quota information for a specific quota metric
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the quota limit. An example name would be: projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com/quotas/metrics/serviceusage.googleapis.com%2Fmutate_requests (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the quota limit. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com/quotas/metrics/serviceusage.googleapis.com%2Fmutate_requests` (required)
   view: string, Specifies the level of detail for quota information in the response.
     Allowed values
       QUOTA_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - No quota view specified. Requests that do not specify a quota view will typically default to the BASIC view.
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@
       &quot;quotaBuckets&quot;: [ # Summary of the enforced quota buckets, organized by quota dimension, ordered from least specific to most specific (for example, the global default bucket, with no quota dimensions, will always appear first).
         { # A quota bucket is a quota provisioning unit for a specific set of dimensions.
           &quot;adminOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Admin override on this quota bucket.
-            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
             &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
           },
           &quot;consumerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Consumer override on this quota bucket.
-            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -152,13 +152,13 @@
             &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
           },
           &quot;defaultLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default limit of this quota bucket, as specified by the service configuration.
-          &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key &quot;region&quot; and value &quot;us-east-1&quot;, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
+          &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key `region` and value `us-east-1`, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;effectiveLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The effective limit of this quota bucket. Equal to default_limit if there are no overrides.
           &quot;producerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Producer override on this quota bucket.
-            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@
       &quot;quotaBuckets&quot;: [ # Summary of the enforced quota buckets, organized by quota dimension, ordered from least specific to most specific (for example, the global default bucket, with no quota dimensions, will always appear first).
         { # A quota bucket is a quota provisioning unit for a specific set of dimensions.
           &quot;adminOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Admin override on this quota bucket.
-            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@
             &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
           },
           &quot;consumerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Consumer override on this quota bucket.
-            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -200,13 +200,13 @@
             &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
           },
           &quot;defaultLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default limit of this quota bucket, as specified by the service configuration.
-          &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key &quot;region&quot; and value &quot;us-east-1&quot;, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
+          &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key `region` and value `us-east-1`, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
           &quot;effectiveLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The effective limit of this quota bucket. Equal to default_limit if there are no overrides.
           &quot;producerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Producer override on this quota bucket.
-            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+            &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+            &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
             &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -219,16 +219,16 @@
       &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the metric. An example name would be: &quot;CPUs&quot;
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the metric. An example name would be: `CPUs`
   &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the quota settings on this metric for this consumer. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus The resource name is intended to be opaque and should not be parsed for its component strings, since its representation could change in the future.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the quota settings on this metric for this consumer. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus` The resource name is intended to be opaque and should not be parsed for its component strings, since its representation could change in the future.
   &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units in which the metric value is reported.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="importAdminOverrides">importAdminOverrides(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create or update multiple admin overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.
+  <pre>Creates or updates multiple admin overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, The resource name of the consumer. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/compute.googleapis.com` (required)
@@ -243,8 +243,8 @@
   &quot;inlineSource&quot;: { # Import data embedded in the request message # The import data is specified in the request message itself
     &quot;overrides&quot;: [ # The overrides to create. Each override must have a value for &#x27;metric&#x27; and &#x27;unit&#x27;, to specify which metric and which limit the override should be applied to. The &#x27;name&#x27; field of the override does not need to be set; it is ignored.
       { # A quota override
-        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="importConsumerOverrides">importConsumerOverrides(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create or update multiple consumer overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.
+  <pre>Creates or updates multiple consumer overrides atomically, all on the same consumer, but on many different metrics or limits. The name field in the quota override message should not be set.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, The resource name of the consumer. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/compute.googleapis.com` (required)
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@
   &quot;inlineSource&quot;: { # Import data embedded in the request message # The import data is specified in the request message itself
     &quot;overrides&quot;: [ # The overrides to create. Each override must have a value for &#x27;metric&#x27; and &#x27;unit&#x27;, to specify which metric and which limit the override should be applied to. The &#x27;name&#x27; field of the override does not need to be set; it is ignored.
       { # A quota override
-        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
   <pre>Retrieves a summary of all quota information visible to the service consumer, organized by service metric. Each metric includes information about all of its defined limits. Each limit includes the limit configuration (quota unit, preciseness, default value), the current effective limit value, and all of the overrides applied to the limit.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Parent of the quotas resource. Some example names would be: projects/123/services/serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com folders/345/services/serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com organizations/456/services/serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com (required)
+  parent: string, Parent of the quotas resource. Some example names would be: `projects/123/services/serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com` `folders/345/services/serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com` `organizations/456/services/serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Requested size of the next page of data.
   pageToken: string, Token identifying which result to start with; returned by a previous list call.
   view: string, Specifies the level of detail for quota information in the response.
@@ -377,8 +377,8 @@
           &quot;quotaBuckets&quot;: [ # Summary of the enforced quota buckets, organized by quota dimension, ordered from least specific to most specific (for example, the global default bucket, with no quota dimensions, will always appear first).
             { # A quota bucket is a quota provisioning unit for a specific set of dimensions.
               &quot;adminOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Admin override on this quota bucket.
-                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -387,8 +387,8 @@
                 &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
               },
               &quot;consumerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Consumer override on this quota bucket.
-                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -397,13 +397,13 @@
                 &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
               },
               &quot;defaultLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default limit of this quota bucket, as specified by the service configuration.
-              &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key &quot;region&quot; and value &quot;us-east-1&quot;, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
+              &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key `region` and value `us-east-1`, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;effectiveLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The effective limit of this quota bucket. Equal to default_limit if there are no overrides.
               &quot;producerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Producer override on this quota bucket.
-                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -425,8 +425,8 @@
           &quot;quotaBuckets&quot;: [ # Summary of the enforced quota buckets, organized by quota dimension, ordered from least specific to most specific (for example, the global default bucket, with no quota dimensions, will always appear first).
             { # A quota bucket is a quota provisioning unit for a specific set of dimensions.
               &quot;adminOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Admin override on this quota bucket.
-                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
                 &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
               },
               &quot;consumerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Consumer override on this quota bucket.
-                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -445,13 +445,13 @@
                 &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
               },
               &quot;defaultLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default limit of this quota bucket, as specified by the service configuration.
-              &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key &quot;region&quot; and value &quot;us-east-1&quot;, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
+              &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key `region` and value `us-east-1`, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
               &quot;effectiveLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The effective limit of this quota bucket. Equal to default_limit if there are no overrides.
               &quot;producerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Producer override on this quota bucket.
-                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+                &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+                &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
                 &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -464,9 +464,9 @@
           &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the metric. An example name would be: &quot;CPUs&quot;
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the metric. An example name would be: `CPUs`
       &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the quota settings on this metric for this consumer. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus The resource name is intended to be opaque and should not be parsed for its component strings, since its representation could change in the future.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the quota settings on this metric for this consumer. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus` The resource name is intended to be opaque and should not be parsed for its component strings, since its representation could change in the future.
       &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units in which the metric value is reported.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.adminOverrides.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.adminOverrides.html
index 5cce30f..f9d7142 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.adminOverrides.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.adminOverrides.html
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A quota override
-  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -214,8 +214,8 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token identifying which result to start with; returned by a previous list call.
   &quot;overrides&quot;: [ # Admin overrides on this limit.
     { # A quota override
-      &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+      &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -251,8 +251,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A quota override
-  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.consumerOverrides.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.consumerOverrides.html
index 543b3f3..e767a34 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.consumerOverrides.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.consumerOverrides.html
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A quota override
-  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -214,8 +214,8 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token identifying which result to start with; returned by a previous list call.
   &quot;overrides&quot;: [ # Consumer overrides on this limit.
     { # A quota override
-      &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+      &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -251,8 +251,8 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A quota override
-  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+  &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+  &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html
index 655ed13..e575daf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@
   &quot;quotaBuckets&quot;: [ # Summary of the enforced quota buckets, organized by quota dimension, ordered from least specific to most specific (for example, the global default bucket, with no quota dimensions, will always appear first).
     { # A quota bucket is a quota provisioning unit for a specific set of dimensions.
       &quot;adminOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Admin override on this quota bucket.
-        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@
         &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
       },
       &quot;consumerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Consumer override on this quota bucket.
-        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
@@ -143,13 +143,13 @@
         &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.
       },
       &quot;defaultLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default limit of this quota bucket, as specified by the service configuration.
-      &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key &quot;region&quot; and value &quot;us-east-1&quot;, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
+      &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # The dimensions of this quota bucket. If this map is empty, this is the global bucket, which is the default quota value applied to all requests that do not have a more specific override. If this map is nonempty, the default limit, effective limit, and quota overrides apply only to requests that have the dimensions given in the map. For example, if the map has key `region` and value `us-east-1`, then the specified effective limit is only effective in that region, and the specified overrides apply only in that region.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;effectiveLimit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The effective limit of this quota bucket. Equal to default_limit if there are no overrides.
       &quot;producerOverride&quot;: { # A quota override # Producer override on this quota bucket.
-        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: &quot;organizations/12345&quot; or &quot;folders/67890&quot;. Used by admin overrides only.
-        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key &quot;region&quot; and the value &quot;us-east-1&quot;; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * &quot;project&quot; is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * &quot;user&quot; is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If &quot;region&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If &quot;zone&quot; appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; appears in the map, then all valid keys other than &quot;region&quot; or &quot;zone&quot; must also appear in the map.
+        &quot;adminOverrideAncestor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ancestor that requested the override. For example: `organizations/12345` or `folders/67890`. Used by admin overrides only.
+        &quot;dimensions&quot;: { # If this map is nonempty, then this override applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, an override on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the override is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit&#x27;s unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in `{brackets}` in the unit (besides `{project}` or `{user}`) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota overrides that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
         &quot;metric&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the metric to which this override applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
index 023e1b8..20b8d62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
@@ -81,32 +81,32 @@
 
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#batchEnable">batchEnable(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Enable multiple services on a project. The operation is atomic: if enabling any service fails, then the entire batch fails, and no state changes occur. Operation</p>
+<p class="firstline">Enables multiple services on a project. The operation is atomic: if enabling any service fails, then the entire batch fails, and no state changes occur. Operation response type: `google.protobuf.Empty`</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#disable">disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Disable a service so that it can no longer be used with a project. This prevents unintended usage that may cause unexpected billing charges or security leaks. It is not valid to call the disable method on a service that is not currently enabled. Callers will receive a `FAILED_PRECONDITION` status if the target service is not currently enabled. Operation</p>
+<p class="firstline">Disables a service so that it can no longer be used with a project. This prevents unintended usage that may cause unexpected billing charges or security leaks. It is not valid to call the disable method on a service that is not currently enabled. Callers will receive a `FAILED_PRECONDITION` status if the target service is not currently enabled. Operation response type: `google.protobuf.Empty`</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#enable">enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Enable a service so that it can be used with a project. Operation</p>
+<p class="firstline">Enables a service so that it can be used with a project. Operation response type: `google.protobuf.Empty`</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#generateServiceIdentity">generateServiceIdentity(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Generate service identity for service.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates service identity for service.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the service configuration and enabled state for a given service.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">List all services available to the specified project, and the current state of those services with respect to the project. The list includes all public services, all services for which the calling user has the `servicemanagement.services.bind` permission, and all services that have already been enabled on the project. The list can be filtered to only include services in a specific state, for example to only include services enabled on the project.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all services available to the specified project, and the current state of those services with respect to the project. The list includes all public services, all services for which the calling user has the `servicemanagement.services.bind` permission, and all services that have already been enabled on the project. The list can be filtered to only include services in a specific state, for example to only include services enabled on the project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="batchEnable">batchEnable(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Enable multiple services on a project. The operation is atomic: if enabling any service fails, then the entire batch fails, and no state changes occur. Operation
+  <pre>Enables multiple services on a project. The operation is atomic: if enabling any service fails, then the entire batch fails, and no state changes occur. Operation response type: `google.protobuf.Empty`
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Parent to enable services on. An example name would be: `projects/123` where `123` is the project number (not project ID). The `BatchEnableServices` method currently only supports projects. (required)
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="disable">disable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Disable a service so that it can no longer be used with a project. This prevents unintended usage that may cause unexpected billing charges or security leaks. It is not valid to call the disable method on a service that is not currently enabled. Callers will receive a `FAILED_PRECONDITION` status if the target service is not currently enabled. Operation
+  <pre>Disables a service so that it can no longer be used with a project. This prevents unintended usage that may cause unexpected billing charges or security leaks. It is not valid to call the disable method on a service that is not currently enabled. Callers will receive a `FAILED_PRECONDITION` status if the target service is not currently enabled. Operation response type: `google.protobuf.Empty`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Name of the consumer and service to disable the service on. The enable and disable methods currently only support projects. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com` where `123` is the project number (not project ID). (required)
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="enable">enable(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Enable a service so that it can be used with a project. Operation
+  <pre>Enables a service so that it can be used with a project. Operation response type: `google.protobuf.Empty`
 
 Args:
   name: string, Name of the consumer and service to enable the service on. The `EnableService` and `DisableService` methods currently only support projects. Enabling a service requires that the service is public or is shared with the user enabling the service. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com` where `123` is the project number (not project ID). (required)
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="generateServiceIdentity">generateServiceIdentity(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Generate service identity for service.
+  <pre>Generates service identity for service.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the consumer and service to generate an identity for. The `GenerateServiceIdentity` methods currently only support projects. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/example.googleapis.com` where `123` is the project number. (required)
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change. Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for experimental, non-GA interfaces.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for an API. Example for an API targeted for external use: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
+    &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for API methods provided by an API service. Example: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth - selector: google.calendar.Delegate oauth: canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
       &quot;providers&quot;: [ # Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
         { # Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).
           &quot;audiences&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, JWTs with audiences: - &quot;https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]&quot; - &quot;https://[service.name]/&quot; will be accepted. For example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following audiences: - https://library-example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService - https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
@@ -466,15 +466,15 @@
       ],
     },
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer and service. A valid name would be: - projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com
-  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer. A valid name would be: - projects/123
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer and service. A valid name would be: - `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com`
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer. A valid name would be: - `projects/123`
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether or not the service has been enabled for use by the consumer.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>List all services available to the specified project, and the current state of those services with respect to the project. The list includes all public services, all services for which the calling user has the `servicemanagement.services.bind` permission, and all services that have already been enabled on the project. The list can be filtered to only include services in a specific state, for example to only include services enabled on the project.
+  <pre>Lists all services available to the specified project, and the current state of those services with respect to the project. The list includes all public services, all services for which the calling user has the `servicemanagement.services.bind` permission, and all services that have already been enabled on the project. The list can be filtered to only include services in a specific state, for example to only include services enabled on the project.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Parent to search for services on. An example name would be: `projects/123` where `123` is the project number (not project ID). (required)
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A version string for this interface. If specified, must have the form `major-version.minor-version`, as in `1.10`. If the minor version is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the package name will be verified to be consistent with what is provided here. The versioning schema uses [semantic versioning](http://semver.org) where the major version number indicates a breaking change and the minor version an additive, non-breaking change. Both version numbers are signals to users what to expect from different versions, and should be carefully chosen based on the product plan. The major version is also reflected in the package name of the interface, which must end in `v`, as in `google.feature.v1`. For major versions 0 and 1, the suffix can be omitted. Zero major versions must only be used for experimental, non-GA interfaces.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for an API. Example for an API targeted for external use: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
+        &quot;authentication&quot;: { # `Authentication` defines the authentication configuration for API methods provided by an API service. Example: name: calendar.googleapis.com authentication: providers: - id: google_calendar_auth jwks_uri: https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v1/certs issuer: https://securetoken.google.com rules: - selector: &quot;*&quot; requirements: provider_id: google_calendar_auth - selector: google.calendar.Delegate oauth: canonical_scopes: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/calendar.read # Auth configuration. Contains only the OAuth rules.
           &quot;providers&quot;: [ # Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
             { # Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).
               &quot;audiences&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The list of JWT [audiences](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.3). that are allowed to access. A JWT containing any of these audiences will be accepted. When this setting is absent, JWTs with audiences: - &quot;https://[service.name]/[google.protobuf.Api.name]&quot; - &quot;https://[service.name]/&quot; will be accepted. For example, if no audiences are in the setting, LibraryService API will accept JWTs with the following audiences: - https://library-example.googleapis.com/google.example.library.v1.LibraryService - https://library-example.googleapis.com/ Example: audiences: bookstore_android.apps.googleusercontent.com, bookstore_web.apps.googleusercontent.com
@@ -674,8 +674,8 @@
           ],
         },
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer and service. A valid name would be: - projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com
-      &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer. A valid name would be: - projects/123
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer and service. A valid name would be: - `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com`
+      &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the consumer. A valid name would be: - `projects/123`
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether or not the service has been enabled for use by the consumer.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
index 2fe4fd5..5a34d9d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request. Priority is ignored for this request. Setting the priority in this request_options struct will not do anything. To set the priority for a transaction, set it on the reads and writes that are part of this transaction instead.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
 }
 
@@ -306,8 +306,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
   &quot;returnCommitStats&quot;: True or False, # If `true`, then statistics related to the transaction will be included in the CommitResponse. Default value is `false`.
   &quot;singleUseTransaction&quot;: { # # Transactions Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. # Transaction Modes Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. This transaction type provides guaranteed consistency across several reads, but does not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read/write data in a single database. They may, however, read/write data in different tables within that database. ## Locking Read-Write Transactions Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction&#x27;s locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. ## Semantics Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction&#x27;s locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. ## Retrying Aborted Transactions When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session&#x27;s lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (e.g., many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of wall time spent retrying. ## Idle Transactions A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don&#x27;t hold on to locks indefinitely. In that case, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (e.g., `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. ## Snapshot Read-Only Transactions Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transaction, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. ## Strong Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. ## Exact Staleness These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp &lt;= the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps &lt;= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a &quot;negotiation phase&quot; to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. ## Bounded Staleness Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. ## Old Read Timestamps and Garbage Collection Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as &quot;version GC&quot;. By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. ## Partitioned DML Transactions Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the `CommitRequest` is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for instance, due to retries in the application, or in the transport library), it is possible that the mutations are executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use BeginTransaction and Commit instead.
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@
 { # The request for ExecuteBatchDml.
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
   &quot;seqno&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A per-transaction sequence number used to identify this request. This field makes each request idempotent such that if the request is received multiple times, at most one will succeed. The sequence number must be monotonically increasing within the transaction. If a request arrives for the first time with an out-of-order sequence number, the transaction may be aborted. Replays of previously handled requests will yield the same response as the first execution.
   &quot;statements&quot;: [ # Required. The list of statements to execute in this batch. Statements are executed serially, such that the effects of statement `i` are visible to statement `i+1`. Each statement must be a DML statement. Execution stops at the first failed statement; the remaining statements are not executed. Callers must provide at least one statement.
@@ -421,7 +421,14 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
           &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
           &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-          &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+            &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+              { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+                &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the DML string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -479,11 +486,7 @@
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
             { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-              &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-                &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-                &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
             },
           ],
         },
@@ -560,7 +563,14 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -574,8 +584,8 @@
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL statement execution, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new SQL statement execution to resume where the last one left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;seqno&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-transaction sequence number used to identify this request. This field makes each request idempotent such that if the request is received multiple times, at most one will succeed. The sequence number must be monotonically increasing within the transaction. If a request arrives for the first time with an out-of-order sequence number, the transaction may be aborted. Replays of previously handled requests will yield the same response as the first execution. Required for DML statements. Ignored for queries.
@@ -627,11 +637,7 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -697,7 +703,14 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -711,8 +724,8 @@
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL statement execution, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new SQL statement execution to resume where the last one left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;seqno&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-transaction sequence number used to identify this request. This field makes each request idempotent such that if the request is received multiple times, at most one will succeed. The sequence number must be monotonically increasing within the transaction. If a request arrives for the first time with an out-of-order sequence number, the transaction may be aborted. Replays of previously handled requests will yield the same response as the first execution. Required for DML statements. Ignored for queries.
@@ -765,11 +778,7 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -904,7 +913,14 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -1108,8 +1124,8 @@
   &quot;partitionToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition previously created using PartitionRead(). There must be an exact match for the values of fields common to this message and the PartitionReadRequest message used to create this partition_token.
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
@@ -1160,11 +1176,7 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -1283,8 +1295,8 @@
   &quot;partitionToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition previously created using PartitionRead(). There must be an exact match for the values of fields common to this message and the PartitionReadRequest message used to create this partition_token.
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). `request_tag` must be a valid identifier of the form: `a-zA-Z` between 2 and 64 characters in length
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. `transaction_tag` must be a valid identifier of the format: `a-zA-Z{0,49}`
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
@@ -1336,11 +1348,7 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html b/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html
index c09c435..ebdb470 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
       &quot;recordingDeviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The device used to make the recording. Examples &#x27;Nexus 5X&#x27; or &#x27;Polycom SoundStation IP 6000&#x27; or &#x27;POTS&#x27; or &#x27;VoIP&#x27; or &#x27;Cardioid Microphone&#x27;.
       &quot;recordingDeviceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of device the speech was recorded with.
     },
-    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
+    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
     &quot;profanityFilter&quot;: True or False, # If set to `true`, the server will attempt to filter out profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word with asterisks, e.g. &quot;f***&quot;. If set to `false` or omitted, profanities won&#x27;t be filtered out.
     &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all `RecognitionAudio` messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000. 16000 is optimal. For best results, set the sampling rate of the audio source to 16000 Hz. If that&#x27;s not possible, use the native sample rate of the audio source (instead of re-sampling). This field is optional for FLAC and WAV audio files, but is required for all other audio formats. For details, see AudioEncoding.
     &quot;speechContexts&quot;: [ # Array of SpeechContext. A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition. For more information, see [speech adaptation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/adaptation).
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
       &quot;recordingDeviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The device used to make the recording. Examples &#x27;Nexus 5X&#x27; or &#x27;Polycom SoundStation IP 6000&#x27; or &#x27;POTS&#x27; or &#x27;VoIP&#x27; or &#x27;Cardioid Microphone&#x27;.
       &quot;recordingDeviceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of device the speech was recorded with.
     },
-    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
+    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
     &quot;profanityFilter&quot;: True or False, # If set to `true`, the server will attempt to filter out profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word with asterisks, e.g. &quot;f***&quot;. If set to `false` or omitted, profanities won&#x27;t be filtered out.
     &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all `RecognitionAudio` messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000. 16000 is optimal. For best results, set the sampling rate of the audio source to 16000 Hz. If that&#x27;s not possible, use the native sample rate of the audio source (instead of re-sampling). This field is optional for FLAC and WAV audio files, but is required for all other audio formats. For details, see AudioEncoding.
     &quot;speechContexts&quot;: [ # Array of SpeechContext. A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition. For more information, see [speech adaptation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/adaptation).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html b/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html
index f738246..0b1fda9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       &quot;recordingDeviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The device used to make the recording. Examples &#x27;Nexus 5X&#x27; or &#x27;Polycom SoundStation IP 6000&#x27; or &#x27;POTS&#x27; or &#x27;VoIP&#x27; or &#x27;Cardioid Microphone&#x27;.
       &quot;recordingDeviceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of device the speech was recorded with.
     },
-    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
+    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
     &quot;profanityFilter&quot;: True or False, # If set to `true`, the server will attempt to filter out profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word with asterisks, e.g. &quot;f***&quot;. If set to `false` or omitted, profanities won&#x27;t be filtered out.
     &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all `RecognitionAudio` messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000. 16000 is optimal. For best results, set the sampling rate of the audio source to 16000 Hz. If that&#x27;s not possible, use the native sample rate of the audio source (instead of re-sampling). This field is optional for FLAC and WAV audio files, but is required for all other audio formats. For details, see AudioEncoding.
     &quot;speechContexts&quot;: [ # Array of SpeechContext. A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition. For more information, see [speech adaptation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/adaptation).
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
       &quot;recordingDeviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The device used to make the recording. Examples &#x27;Nexus 5X&#x27; or &#x27;Polycom SoundStation IP 6000&#x27; or &#x27;POTS&#x27; or &#x27;VoIP&#x27; or &#x27;Cardioid Microphone&#x27;.
       &quot;recordingDeviceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of device the speech was recorded with.
     },
-    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
+    &quot;model&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Which model to select for the given request. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters in the RecognitionConfig. *Model* *Description* command_and_search Best for short queries such as voice commands or voice search. phone_call Best for audio that originated from a phone call (typically recorded at an 8khz sampling rate). video Best for audio that originated from video or includes multiple speakers. Ideally the audio is recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate. This is a premium model that costs more than the standard rate. default Best for audio that is not one of the specific audio models. For example, long-form audio. Ideally the audio is high-fidelity, recorded at a 16khz or greater sampling rate.
     &quot;profanityFilter&quot;: True or False, # If set to `true`, the server will attempt to filter out profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word with asterisks, e.g. &quot;f***&quot;. If set to `false` or omitted, profanities won&#x27;t be filtered out.
     &quot;sampleRateHertz&quot;: 42, # Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all `RecognitionAudio` messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000. 16000 is optimal. For best results, set the sampling rate of the audio source to 16000 Hz. If that&#x27;s not possible, use the native sample rate of the audio source (instead of re-sampling). This field is optional for FLAC and WAV audio files, but is required for all other audio formats. For details, see AudioEncoding.
     &quot;speechContexts&quot;: [ # Array of SpeechContext. A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition. For more information, see [speech adaptation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/adaptation).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
index 51c2d76..d1f828d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if and only if at least one TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Cloud Pub/Sub. Notifications will be published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` will contain a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if and only if at least one TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Cloud Pub/Sub. Notifications will be published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` will contain a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if and only if at least one TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Cloud Pub/Sub. Notifications will be published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` will contain a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
       &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
       &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if and only if at least one TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Cloud Pub/Sub. Notifications will be published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` will contain a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
         &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
     &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
     &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if and only if at least one TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
     &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Cloud Pub/Sub. Notifications will be published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` will contain a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
       &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if and only if at least one TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service will assign a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names will fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Cloud Pub/Sub. Notifications will be published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` will contain a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.html
index a61fa52..e03836c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 390e017..f391ece 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1.projects.scanConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1.projects.scanConfigs.html
index db5853e..aec805b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1.projects.scanConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1.projects.scanConfigs.html
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;managedScan&quot;: True or False, # Whether the scan config is managed by Web Security Scanner, output only.
   &quot;maxQps&quot;: 42, # The maximum QPS during scanning. A valid value ranges from 5 to 20 inclusively. If the field is unspecified or its value is set 0, server will default to 15. Other values outside of [5, 20] range will be rejected with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ScanConfig. The name follows the format of &#x27;projects/{projectId}/scanConfigs/{scanConfigId}&#x27;. The ScanConfig IDs are generated by the system.
@@ -185,6 +186,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;managedScan&quot;: True or False, # Whether the scan config is managed by Web Security Scanner, output only.
   &quot;maxQps&quot;: 42, # The maximum QPS during scanning. A valid value ranges from 5 to 20 inclusively. If the field is unspecified or its value is set 0, server will default to 15. Other values outside of [5, 20] range will be rejected with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ScanConfig. The name follows the format of &#x27;projects/{projectId}/scanConfigs/{scanConfigId}&#x27;. The ScanConfig IDs are generated by the system.
@@ -255,6 +257,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;managedScan&quot;: True or False, # Whether the scan config is managed by Web Security Scanner, output only.
   &quot;maxQps&quot;: 42, # The maximum QPS during scanning. A valid value ranges from 5 to 20 inclusively. If the field is unspecified or its value is set 0, server will default to 15. Other values outside of [5, 20] range will be rejected with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ScanConfig. The name follows the format of &#x27;projects/{projectId}/scanConfigs/{scanConfigId}&#x27;. The ScanConfig IDs are generated by the system.
@@ -312,6 +315,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
       &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+      &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
       &quot;managedScan&quot;: True or False, # Whether the scan config is managed by Web Security Scanner, output only.
       &quot;maxQps&quot;: 42, # The maximum QPS during scanning. A valid value ranges from 5 to 20 inclusively. If the field is unspecified or its value is set 0, server will default to 15. Other values outside of [5, 20] range will be rejected with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ScanConfig. The name follows the format of &#x27;projects/{projectId}/scanConfigs/{scanConfigId}&#x27;. The ScanConfig IDs are generated by the system.
@@ -375,6 +379,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;managedScan&quot;: True or False, # Whether the scan config is managed by Web Security Scanner, output only.
   &quot;maxQps&quot;: 42, # The maximum QPS during scanning. A valid value ranges from 5 to 20 inclusively. If the field is unspecified or its value is set 0, server will default to 15. Other values outside of [5, 20] range will be rejected with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ScanConfig. The name follows the format of &#x27;projects/{projectId}/scanConfigs/{scanConfigId}&#x27;. The ScanConfig IDs are generated by the system.
@@ -421,6 +426,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;managedScan&quot;: True or False, # Whether the scan config is managed by Web Security Scanner, output only.
   &quot;maxQps&quot;: 42, # The maximum QPS during scanning. A valid value ranges from 5 to 20 inclusively. If the field is unspecified or its value is set 0, server will default to 15. Other values outside of [5, 20] range will be rejected with INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the ScanConfig. The name follows the format of &#x27;projects/{projectId}/scanConfigs/{scanConfigId}&#x27;. The ScanConfig IDs are generated by the system.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1beta.projects.scanConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1beta.projects.scanConfigs.html
index 5a11d23..3922443 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1beta.projects.scanConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/websecurityscanner_v1beta.projects.scanConfigs.html
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;latestRun&quot;: { # A ScanRun is a output-only resource representing an actual run of the scan. Next id: 12 # Latest ScanRun if available.
     &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the ScanRun reached termination state - that the ScanRun is either finished or stopped by user.
     &quot;errorTrace&quot;: { # Output only. Defines an error trace message for a ScanRun. # If result_state is an ERROR, this field provides the primary reason for scan&#x27;s termination and more details, if such are available.
@@ -212,6 +213,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;latestRun&quot;: { # A ScanRun is a output-only resource representing an actual run of the scan. Next id: 12 # Latest ScanRun if available.
     &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the ScanRun reached termination state - that the ScanRun is either finished or stopped by user.
     &quot;errorTrace&quot;: { # Output only. Defines an error trace message for a ScanRun. # If result_state is an ERROR, this field provides the primary reason for scan&#x27;s termination and more details, if such are available.
@@ -309,6 +311,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;latestRun&quot;: { # A ScanRun is a output-only resource representing an actual run of the scan. Next id: 12 # Latest ScanRun if available.
     &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the ScanRun reached termination state - that the ScanRun is either finished or stopped by user.
     &quot;errorTrace&quot;: { # Output only. Defines an error trace message for a ScanRun. # If result_state is an ERROR, this field provides the primary reason for scan&#x27;s termination and more details, if such are available.
@@ -393,6 +396,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
       &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+      &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
       &quot;latestRun&quot;: { # A ScanRun is a output-only resource representing an actual run of the scan. Next id: 12 # Latest ScanRun if available.
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the ScanRun reached termination state - that the ScanRun is either finished or stopped by user.
         &quot;errorTrace&quot;: { # Output only. Defines an error trace message for a ScanRun. # If result_state is an ERROR, this field provides the primary reason for scan&#x27;s termination and more details, if such are available.
@@ -483,6 +487,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;latestRun&quot;: { # A ScanRun is a output-only resource representing an actual run of the scan. Next id: 12 # Latest ScanRun if available.
     &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the ScanRun reached termination state - that the ScanRun is either finished or stopped by user.
     &quot;errorTrace&quot;: { # Output only. Defines an error trace message for a ScanRun. # If result_state is an ERROR, this field provides the primary reason for scan&#x27;s termination and more details, if such are available.
@@ -556,6 +561,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The user provided display name of the ScanConfig.
   &quot;exportToSecurityCommandCenter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls export of scan configurations and results to Security Command Center.
+  &quot;ignoreHttpStatusErrors&quot;: True or False, # Whether to keep scanning even if most requests return HTTP error codes.
   &quot;latestRun&quot;: { # A ScanRun is a output-only resource representing an actual run of the scan. Next id: 12 # Latest ScanRun if available.
     &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the ScanRun reached termination state - that the ScanRun is either finished or stopped by user.
     &quot;errorTrace&quot;: { # Output only. Defines an error trace message for a ScanRun. # If result_state is an ERROR, this field provides the primary reason for scan&#x27;s termination and more details, if such are available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html
index 7ce86dc..b771c2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service will select a default.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values